kpriv/linux-hardened
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity
linux-hardened/net/core/ethtool.c

2699 lines
68 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
/*
* net/core/ethtool.c - Ethtool ioctl handler
* Copyright (c) 2003 Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx>
*
* This file is where we call all the ethtool_ops commands to get
[NET]: ethtool ops are the only way During the transition to the ethtool_ops way of doing things, we supported calling the device's ->do_ioctl method to allow unconverted drivers to continue working. Those days are long behind us, all in-tree drivers use the ethtool_ops way, and so we no longer need to support this. The bonding driver is the biggest beneficiary of this; it no longer needs to call ioctl() as a fallback if ethtool_ops aren't supported. Also put a proper copyright statement on ethtool.c. Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-31 23:00:02 +02:00
* the information ethtool needs.
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
*
[NET]: ethtool ops are the only way During the transition to the ethtool_ops way of doing things, we supported calling the device's ->do_ioctl method to allow unconverted drivers to continue working. Those days are long behind us, all in-tree drivers use the ethtool_ops way, and so we no longer need to support this. The bonding driver is the biggest beneficiary of this; it no longer needs to call ioctl() as a fallback if ethtool_ops aren't supported. Also put a proper copyright statement on ethtool.c. Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-31 23:00:02 +02:00
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
*/
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
[PATCH] capable/capability.h (net/) net: Use <linux/capability.h> where capable() is used. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-11 21:17:47 +01:00
#include <linux/capability.h>
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
#include <linux/errno.h>
#include <linux/ethtool.h>
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
ethtool: Introduce a method for getting time stamping capabilities. This commit adds a new ethtool ioctl that exposes the SO_TIMESTAMPING capabilities of a network interface. In addition, user space programs can use this ioctl to discover the PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) device associated with the interface. Since software receive time stamps are handled by the stack, the generic ethtool code can answer the query correctly in case the MAC or PHY drivers lack special time stamping features. Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-04 00:59:17 +02:00
#include <linux/net_tstamp.h>
#include <linux/phy.h>
ethtool: Add direct access to ops->get_sset_count On 03/04/2010 09:26 AM, Ben Hutchings wrote: > On Thu, 2010-03-04 at 00:51 -0800, Jeff Kirsher wrote: >> From: Jeff Garzik<jgarzik@redhat.com> >> >> This patch is an alternative approach for accessing string >> counts, vs. the drvinfo indirect approach. This way the drvinfo >> space doesn't run out, and we don't break ABI later. > [...] >> --- a/net/core/ethtool.c >> +++ b/net/core/ethtool.c >> @@ -214,6 +214,10 @@ static noinline int ethtool_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, void __user *use >> info.cmd = ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO; >> ops->get_drvinfo(dev,&info); >> >> + /* >> + * this method of obtaining string set info is deprecated; >> + * consider using ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO instead >> + */ > > This comment belongs on the interface (ethtool.h) not the > implementation. Debatable -- the current comment is located at the callsite of ops->get_sset_count(), which is where an implementor might think to add a new call. Not all the numeric fields in ethtool_drvinfo are obtained from ->get_sset_count(). Hence the "some" in the attached patch to include/linux/ethtool.h, addressing your comment. > [...] >> +static noinline int ethtool_get_sset_info(struct net_device *dev, >> + void __user *useraddr) >> +{ > [...] >> + /* calculate size of return buffer */ >> + for (i = 0; i< 64; i++) >> + if (sset_mask& (1ULL<< i)) >> + n_bits++; > [...] > > We have a function for this: > > n_bits = hweight64(sset_mask); Agreed. I've attached a follow-up patch, which should enable my/Jeff's kernel patch to be applied, followed by this one. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-04 09:21:53 +01:00
#include <linux/bitops.h>
net: fix ethtool coding style errors and warnings Fix coding style errors and warnings output while running checkpatch.pl on the files net/core/ethtool.c and include/linux/ethtool.h Signed-off-by: chavey <chavey@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 06:54:42 +02:00
#include <linux/uaccess.h>
ethtool: Fix build due to lack of ethtool.h include. net/core/ethtool.c: In function 'ethtool_get_regs': net/core/ethtool.c:818:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'vmalloc' net/core/ethtool.c:818:9: warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast net/core/ethtool.c:833:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'vfree' Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-22 01:12:11 +02:00
#include <linux/vmalloc.h>
include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
2010-03-24 09:04:11 +01:00
#include <linux/slab.h>
ethtool: Change ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID implementation to allow dropping RTNL The ethtool ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID command runs for an arbitrarily long period of time, holding the RTNL lock. This blocks routing updates, device enumeration, and various important operations that one might want to keep running while hunting for the flashing LED. We need to drop the RTNL lock during this operation, but currently the core implementation is a thin wrapper around a driver operation and drivers may well depend upon holding the lock. Define a new driver operation 'set_phys_id' with an argument that sets the ID indicator on/off/inactive/active (the last optional, for any driver or firmware that prefers to handle blinking asynchronously). When this is defined, the ethtool core drops the lock while waiting and only acquires it around calls to this operation. Deprecate the 'phys_id' operation in favour of this. It can be removed once all in-tree drivers are converted. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2011-04-02 01:35:15 +02:00
#include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
#include <linux/sched.h>
net: provide a per host RSS key generic infrastructure RSS (Receive Side Scaling) typically uses Toeplitz hash and a 40 or 52 bytes RSS key. Some drivers use a constant (and well known key), some drivers use a random key per port, making bonding setups hard to tune. Well known keys increase attack surface, considering that number of queues is usually a power of two. This patch provides infrastructure to help drivers doing the right thing. netdev_rss_key_fill() should be used by drivers to initialize their RSS key, even if they provide ethtool -X support to let user redefine the key later. A new /proc/sys/net/core/netdev_rss_key file can be used to get the host RSS key even for drivers not providing ethtool -x support, in case some applications want to precisely setup flows to match some RX queues. Tested: myhost:~# cat /proc/sys/net/core/netdev_rss_key 11:63:99:bb:79:fb:a5:a7:07:45:b2:20:bf:02:42:2d:08:1a:dd:19:2b:6b:23:ac:56:28:9d:70:c3:ac:e8:16:4b:b7:c1:10:53:a4:78:41:36:40:74:b6:15:ca:27:44:aa:b3:4d:72 myhost:~# ethtool -x eth0 RX flow hash indirection table for eth0 with 8 RX ring(s): 0: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 RSS hash key: 11:63:99:bb:79:fb:a5:a7:07:45:b2:20:bf:02:42:2d:08:1a:dd:19:2b:6b:23:ac:56:28:9d:70:c3:ac:e8:16:4b:b7:c1:10:53:a4:78:41 Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-16 15:23:05 +01:00
#include <linux/net.h>
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
[NET] CORE: Fix whitespace errors. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-02-09 15:24:36 +01:00
/*
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
* Some useful ethtool_ops methods that're device independent.
* If we find that all drivers want to do the same thing here,
* we can turn these into dev_() function calls.
*/
u32 ethtool_op_get_link(struct net_device *dev)
{
return netif_carrier_ok(dev) ? 1 : 0;
}
net: fix ethtool coding style errors and warnings Fix coding style errors and warnings output while running checkpatch.pl on the files net/core/ethtool.c and include/linux/ethtool.h Signed-off-by: chavey <chavey@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 06:54:42 +02:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL(ethtool_op_get_link);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
ethtool: Add a common function for drivers with transmit time stamping. Currently, most drivers do not support transmit SO_TIMESTAMPING. For those that do support it, there is one appropriate response to the get_ts_info query. This patch adds a common function providing this response. Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-04 00:59:22 +02:00
int ethtool_op_get_ts_info(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_ts_info *info)
{
info->so_timestamping =
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SOFTWARE |
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE |
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE;
info->phc_index = -1;
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(ethtool_op_get_ts_info);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
/* Handlers for each ethtool command */
ethtool: prepare for larger netdev_features_t type v2: changed loop in ethtool_set_features() per Ben's suggestion Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
#define ETHTOOL_DEV_FEATURE_WORDS ((NETDEV_FEATURE_COUNT + 31) / 32)
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
net: ethtool: use C99 array initialization for feature-names table Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
static const char netdev_features_strings[NETDEV_FEATURE_COUNT][ETH_GSTRING_LEN] = {
[NETIF_F_SG_BIT] = "tx-scatter-gather",
[NETIF_F_IP_CSUM_BIT] = "tx-checksum-ipv4",
[NETIF_F_HW_CSUM_BIT] = "tx-checksum-ip-generic",
[NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM_BIT] = "tx-checksum-ipv6",
[NETIF_F_HIGHDMA_BIT] = "highdma",
[NETIF_F_FRAGLIST_BIT] = "tx-scatter-gather-fraglist",
vlan: restore ethtool ABI to control VLAN hardware acceleration As part of the push to add 802.1ad server provider tagging support to the kernel the VLAN features flags were renamed. Unfortunately the kernel name for the VLAN hardware acceleration features that the kernel shows user space was included in the rename, which broke ethtool (txvlan and rxvlan options do not work). This patch restores the original names, i.e. the original ABI. If we wanted to make clear to users that we are refering to CTAGs we can always change ethtool's short_name and long_name for these features (for example something along the lines of txvlan -> txvlan-ctag, tx-vlan-offload -> tx-vlan-ctag-offload). Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Fernando Luis Vazquez Cao <fernando@oss.ntt.co.jp> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-06-17 04:28:03 +02:00
[NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_TX_BIT] = "tx-vlan-hw-insert",
net: ethtool: use C99 array initialization for feature-names table Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
vlan: restore ethtool ABI to control VLAN hardware acceleration As part of the push to add 802.1ad server provider tagging support to the kernel the VLAN features flags were renamed. Unfortunately the kernel name for the VLAN hardware acceleration features that the kernel shows user space was included in the rename, which broke ethtool (txvlan and rxvlan options do not work). This patch restores the original names, i.e. the original ABI. If we wanted to make clear to users that we are refering to CTAGs we can always change ethtool's short_name and long_name for these features (for example something along the lines of txvlan -> txvlan-ctag, tx-vlan-offload -> tx-vlan-ctag-offload). Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Fernando Luis Vazquez Cao <fernando@oss.ntt.co.jp> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-06-17 04:28:03 +02:00
[NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX_BIT] = "rx-vlan-hw-parse",
[NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER_BIT] = "rx-vlan-filter",
net: Add missing netdev feature strings for NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_* Noticed by Ben Hutchings. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-04-19 22:08:23 +02:00
[NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_TX_BIT] = "tx-vlan-stag-hw-insert",
[NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_RX_BIT] = "rx-vlan-stag-hw-parse",
[NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_FILTER_BIT] = "rx-vlan-stag-filter",
net: ethtool: use C99 array initialization for feature-names table Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
[NETIF_F_VLAN_CHALLENGED_BIT] = "vlan-challenged",
[NETIF_F_GSO_BIT] = "tx-generic-segmentation",
[NETIF_F_LLTX_BIT] = "tx-lockless",
[NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL_BIT] = "netns-local",
[NETIF_F_GRO_BIT] = "rx-gro",
[NETIF_F_LRO_BIT] = "rx-lro",
[NETIF_F_TSO_BIT] = "tx-tcp-segmentation",
[NETIF_F_UFO_BIT] = "tx-udp-fragmentation",
[NETIF_F_GSO_ROBUST_BIT] = "tx-gso-robust",
[NETIF_F_TSO_ECN_BIT] = "tx-tcp-ecn-segmentation",
GSO: Add GSO type for fixed IPv4 ID This patch adds support for TSO using IPv4 headers with a fixed IP ID field. This is meant to allow us to do a lossless GRO in the case of TCP flows that use a fixed IP ID such as those that convert IPv6 header to IPv4 headers. In addition I am adding a feature that for now I am referring to TSO with IP ID mangling. Basically when this flag is enabled the device has the option to either output the flow with incrementing IP IDs or with a fixed IP ID regardless of what the original IP ID ordering was. This is useful in cases where the DF bit is set and we do not care if the original IP ID value is maintained. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-11 03:44:51 +02:00
[NETIF_F_TSO_MANGLEID_BIT] = "tx-tcp-mangleid-segmentation",
net: ethtool: use C99 array initialization for feature-names table Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
[NETIF_F_TSO6_BIT] = "tx-tcp6-segmentation",
[NETIF_F_FSO_BIT] = "tx-fcoe-segmentation",
v4 GRE: Add TCP segmentation offload for GRE Following patch adds GRE protocol offload handler so that skb_gso_segment() can segment GRE packets. SKB GSO CB is added to keep track of total header length so that skb_segment can push entire header. e.g. in case of GRE, skb_segment need to push inner and outer headers to every segment. New NETIF_F_GRE_GSO feature is added for devices which support HW GRE TSO offload. Currently none of devices support it therefore GRE GSO always fall backs to software GSO. [ Compute pkt_len before ip_local_out() invocation. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-02-14 15:02:41 +01:00
[NETIF_F_GSO_GRE_BIT] = "tx-gre-segmentation",
ethtool: Add support for toggling any of the GSO offloads The strings were missing for several of the GSO offloads that are available. This patch provides the missing strings so that we can toggle or query any of them via the ethtool command. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-11 03:44:44 +02:00
[NETIF_F_GSO_GRE_CSUM_BIT] = "tx-gre-csum-segmentation",
net: define gso types for IPx over IPv4 and IPv6 This patch defines two new GSO definitions SKB_GSO_IPXIP4 and SKB_GSO_IPXIP6 along with corresponding NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP4 and NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP6. These are used to described IP in IP tunnel and what the outer protocol is. The inner protocol can be deduced from other GSO types (e.g. SKB_GSO_TCPV4 and SKB_GSO_TCPV6). The GSO types of SKB_GSO_IPIP and SKB_GSO_SIT are removed (these are both instances of SKB_GSO_IPXIP4). SKB_GSO_IPXIP6 will be used when support for GSO with IP encapsulation over IPv6 is added. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-18 18:06:10 +02:00
[NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP4_BIT] = "tx-ipxip4-segmentation",
[NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP6_BIT] = "tx-ipxip6-segmentation",
tunneling: Add generic Tunnel segmentation. Adds generic tunneling offloading support for IPv4-UDP based tunnels. GSO type is added to request this offload for a skb. netdev feature NETIF_F_UDP_TUNNEL is added for hardware offloaded udp-tunnel support. Currently no device supports this feature, software offload is used. This can be used by tunneling protocols like VXLAN. CC: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com> Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-03-07 14:21:51 +01:00
[NETIF_F_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL_BIT] = "tx-udp_tnl-segmentation",
ethtool: Add support for toggling any of the GSO offloads The strings were missing for several of the GSO offloads that are available. This patch provides the missing strings so that we can toggle or query any of them via the ethtool command. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-11 03:44:44 +02:00
[NETIF_F_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL_CSUM_BIT] = "tx-udp_tnl-csum-segmentation",
GSO: Support partial segmentation offload This patch adds support for something I am referring to as GSO partial. The basic idea is that we can support a broader range of devices for segmentation if we use fixed outer headers and have the hardware only really deal with segmenting the inner header. The idea behind the naming is due to the fact that everything before csum_start will be fixed headers, and everything after will be the region that is handled by hardware. With the current implementation it allows us to add support for the following GSO types with an inner TSO_MANGLEID or TSO6 offload: NETIF_F_GSO_GRE NETIF_F_GSO_GRE_CSUM NETIF_F_GSO_IPIP NETIF_F_GSO_SIT NETIF_F_UDP_TUNNEL NETIF_F_UDP_TUNNEL_CSUM In the case of hardware that already supports tunneling we may be able to extend this further to support TSO_TCPV4 without TSO_MANGLEID if the hardware can support updating inner IPv4 headers. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-11 03:45:03 +02:00
[NETIF_F_GSO_PARTIAL_BIT] = "tx-gso-partial",
sctp: Add GSO support SCTP has this pecualiarity that its packets cannot be just segmented to (P)MTU. Its chunks must be contained in IP segments, padding respected. So we can't just generate a big skb, set gso_size to the fragmentation point and deliver it to IP layer. This patch takes a different approach. SCTP will now build a skb as it would be if it was received using GRO. That is, there will be a cover skb with protocol headers and children ones containing the actual segments, already segmented to a way that respects SCTP RFCs. With that, we can tell skb_segment() to just split based on frag_list, trusting its sizes are already in accordance. This way SCTP can benefit from GSO and instead of passing several packets through the stack, it can pass a single large packet. v2: - Added support for receiving GSO frames, as requested by Dave Miller. - Clear skb->cb if packet is GSO (otherwise it's not used by SCTP) - Added heuristics similar to what we have in TCP for not generating single GSO packets that fills cwnd. v3: - consider sctphdr size in skb_gso_transport_seglen() - rebased due to 5c7cdf339af5 ("gso: Remove arbitrary checks for unsupported GSO") Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com> Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-02 20:05:43 +02:00
[NETIF_F_GSO_SCTP_BIT] = "tx-sctp-segmentation",
net: ethtool: use C99 array initialization for feature-names table Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
[NETIF_F_FCOE_CRC_BIT] = "tx-checksum-fcoe-crc",
sctp: Rename NETIF_F_SCTP_CSUM to NETIF_F_SCTP_CRC The SCTP checksum is really a CRC and is very different from the standards 1's complement checksum that serves as the checksum for IP protocols. This offload interface is also very different. Rename NETIF_F_SCTP_CSUM to NETIF_F_SCTP_CRC to highlight these differences. The term CSUM should be reserved in the stack to refer to the standard 1's complement IP checksum. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-14 20:19:41 +01:00
[NETIF_F_SCTP_CRC_BIT] = "tx-checksum-sctp",
net: ethtool: use C99 array initialization for feature-names table Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
[NETIF_F_FCOE_MTU_BIT] = "fcoe-mtu",
[NETIF_F_NTUPLE_BIT] = "rx-ntuple-filter",
[NETIF_F_RXHASH_BIT] = "rx-hashing",
[NETIF_F_RXCSUM_BIT] = "rx-checksum",
[NETIF_F_NOCACHE_COPY_BIT] = "tx-nocache-copy",
[NETIF_F_LOOPBACK_BIT] = "loopback",
net: Support RXFCS feature flag. When set on hardware that supports the feature, this causes the Ethernet FCS to be appended to the end of the skb. Useful for sniffing packets. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2012-02-11 16:39:14 +01:00
[NETIF_F_RXFCS_BIT] = "rx-fcs",
net: Support RX-ALL feature flag. This flag requests that network devices pass all received frames up the stack, even ones with errors such as invalid FCS (frame check sum). This will allow sniffers to see bad packets and perhaps give the user some idea how to fix the problem. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2012-02-11 16:39:45 +01:00
[NETIF_F_RXALL_BIT] = "rx-all",
net: Add layer 2 hardware acceleration operations for macvlan devices Add a operations structure that allows a network interface to export the fact that it supports package forwarding in hardware between physical interfaces and other mac layer devices assigned to it (such as macvlans). This operaions structure can be used by virtual mac devices to bypass software switching so that forwarding can be done in hardware more efficiently. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-11-06 18:54:46 +01:00
[NETIF_F_HW_L2FW_DOFFLOAD_BIT] = "l2-fwd-offload",
net: add busy_poll device feature Currently there is no way how to find out if a device supports busy polling. So add a feature and make it dependent on ndo_busy_poll existence. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-02 23:09:31 +02:00
[NETIF_F_BUSY_POLL_BIT] = "busy-poll",
net: add tc offload feature flag Its useful to turn off the qdisc offload feature at a per device level. This gives us a big hammer to enable/disable offloading. More fine grained control (i.e. per rule) may be supported later. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-17 06:17:37 +01:00
[NETIF_F_HW_TC_BIT] = "hw-tc-offload",
net: ethtool: use C99 array initialization for feature-names table Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
};
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
static const char
rss_hash_func_strings[ETH_RSS_HASH_FUNCS_COUNT][ETH_GSTRING_LEN] = {
[ETH_RSS_HASH_TOP_BIT] = "toeplitz",
[ETH_RSS_HASH_XOR_BIT] = "xor",
};
net/ethtool: Add current supported tunable options Add strings array of the current supported tunable options. Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-11 09:28:16 +02:00
static const char
tunable_strings[__ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_COUNT][ETH_GSTRING_LEN] = {
[ETHTOOL_ID_UNSPEC] = "Unspec",
[ETHTOOL_RX_COPYBREAK] = "rx-copybreak",
[ETHTOOL_TX_COPYBREAK] = "tx-copybreak",
};
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
static int ethtool_get_features(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_gfeatures cmd = {
.cmd = ETHTOOL_GFEATURES,
.size = ETHTOOL_DEV_FEATURE_WORDS,
};
ethtool: prepare for larger netdev_features_t type v2: changed loop in ethtool_set_features() per Ben's suggestion Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
struct ethtool_get_features_block features[ETHTOOL_DEV_FEATURE_WORDS];
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
u32 __user *sizeaddr;
u32 copy_size;
ethtool: prepare for larger netdev_features_t type v2: changed loop in ethtool_set_features() per Ben's suggestion Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
int i;
/* in case feature bits run out again */
net: ethtool: fix coding style Add missing spaces around multiplication operator. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-16 15:32:03 +01:00
BUILD_BUG_ON(ETHTOOL_DEV_FEATURE_WORDS * sizeof(u32) > sizeof(netdev_features_t));
ethtool: prepare for larger netdev_features_t type v2: changed loop in ethtool_set_features() per Ben's suggestion Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
for (i = 0; i < ETHTOOL_DEV_FEATURE_WORDS; ++i) {
net: ethtool: fix coding style Add missing spaces around multiplication operator. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-16 15:32:03 +01:00
features[i].available = (u32)(dev->hw_features >> (32 * i));
features[i].requested = (u32)(dev->wanted_features >> (32 * i));
features[i].active = (u32)(dev->features >> (32 * i));
features[i].never_changed =
(u32)(NETIF_F_NEVER_CHANGE >> (32 * i));
ethtool: prepare for larger netdev_features_t type v2: changed loop in ethtool_set_features() per Ben's suggestion Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
}
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
sizeaddr = useraddr + offsetof(struct ethtool_gfeatures, size);
if (get_user(copy_size, sizeaddr))
return -EFAULT;
if (copy_size > ETHTOOL_DEV_FEATURE_WORDS)
copy_size = ETHTOOL_DEV_FEATURE_WORDS;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &cmd, sizeof(cmd)))
return -EFAULT;
useraddr += sizeof(cmd);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, features, copy_size * sizeof(*features)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
static int ethtool_set_features(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_sfeatures cmd;
struct ethtool_set_features_block features[ETHTOOL_DEV_FEATURE_WORDS];
ethtool: prepare for larger netdev_features_t type v2: changed loop in ethtool_set_features() per Ben's suggestion Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
netdev_features_t wanted = 0, valid = 0;
int i, ret = 0;
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
if (copy_from_user(&cmd, useraddr, sizeof(cmd)))
return -EFAULT;
useraddr += sizeof(cmd);
if (cmd.size != ETHTOOL_DEV_FEATURE_WORDS)
return -EINVAL;
if (copy_from_user(features, useraddr, sizeof(features)))
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: prepare for larger netdev_features_t type v2: changed loop in ethtool_set_features() per Ben's suggestion Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
for (i = 0; i < ETHTOOL_DEV_FEATURE_WORDS; ++i) {
net: ethtool: fix coding style Add missing spaces around multiplication operator. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-16 15:32:03 +01:00
valid |= (netdev_features_t)features[i].valid << (32 * i);
wanted |= (netdev_features_t)features[i].requested << (32 * i);
ethtool: prepare for larger netdev_features_t type v2: changed loop in ethtool_set_features() per Ben's suggestion Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
}
if (valid & ~NETIF_F_ETHTOOL_BITS)
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
return -EINVAL;
ethtool: prepare for larger netdev_features_t type v2: changed loop in ethtool_set_features() per Ben's suggestion Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
if (valid & ~dev->hw_features) {
valid &= dev->hw_features;
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
ret |= ETHTOOL_F_UNSUPPORTED;
}
ethtool: prepare for larger netdev_features_t type v2: changed loop in ethtool_set_features() per Ben's suggestion Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
dev->wanted_features &= ~valid;
dev->wanted_features |= wanted & valid;
net: Call netdev_features_change() from netdev_update_features() Issue FEAT_CHANGE notification when features are changed by netdev_update_features(). This will allow changes made by extra constraints on e.g. MTU change to be properly propagated like changes via ethtool. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-03 07:48:47 +02:00
__netdev_update_features(dev);
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
ethtool: prepare for larger netdev_features_t type v2: changed loop in ethtool_set_features() per Ben's suggestion Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
if ((dev->wanted_features ^ dev->features) & valid)
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
ret |= ETHTOOL_F_WISH;
return ret;
}
ethtool: Add phy statistics Ethernet PHYs can maintain statistics, for example errors while idle and receive errors. Add an ethtool mechanism to retrieve these statistics, using the same model as MAC statistics. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-30 16:28:25 +01:00
static int phy_get_sset_count(struct phy_device *phydev)
{
int ret;
if (phydev->drv->get_sset_count &&
phydev->drv->get_strings &&
phydev->drv->get_stats) {
mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
ret = phydev->drv->get_sset_count(phydev);
mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
return ret;
}
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
ethtool: factorize ethtool_get_strings() and ethtool_get_sset_count() This is needed for unified offloads patch. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:16 +01:00
static int __ethtool_get_sset_count(struct net_device *dev, int sset)
{
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
if (sset == ETH_SS_FEATURES)
return ARRAY_SIZE(netdev_features_strings);
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
if (sset == ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS)
return ARRAY_SIZE(rss_hash_func_strings);
net/ethtool: Add current supported tunable options Add strings array of the current supported tunable options. Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-11 09:28:16 +02:00
if (sset == ETH_SS_TUNABLES)
return ARRAY_SIZE(tunable_strings);
ethtool: Add phy statistics Ethernet PHYs can maintain statistics, for example errors while idle and receive errors. Add an ethtool mechanism to retrieve these statistics, using the same model as MAC statistics. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-30 16:28:25 +01:00
if (sset == ETH_SS_PHY_STATS) {
if (dev->phydev)
return phy_get_sset_count(dev->phydev);
else
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
if (ops->get_sset_count && ops->get_strings)
ethtool: factorize ethtool_get_strings() and ethtool_get_sset_count() This is needed for unified offloads patch. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:16 +01:00
return ops->get_sset_count(dev, sset);
else
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static void __ethtool_get_strings(struct net_device *dev,
u32 stringset, u8 *data)
{
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
if (stringset == ETH_SS_FEATURES)
memcpy(data, netdev_features_strings,
sizeof(netdev_features_strings));
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
else if (stringset == ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS)
memcpy(data, rss_hash_func_strings,
sizeof(rss_hash_func_strings));
net/ethtool: Add current supported tunable options Add strings array of the current supported tunable options. Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-11 09:28:16 +02:00
else if (stringset == ETH_SS_TUNABLES)
memcpy(data, tunable_strings, sizeof(tunable_strings));
ethtool: Add phy statistics Ethernet PHYs can maintain statistics, for example errors while idle and receive errors. Add an ethtool mechanism to retrieve these statistics, using the same model as MAC statistics. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-30 16:28:25 +01:00
else if (stringset == ETH_SS_PHY_STATS) {
struct phy_device *phydev = dev->phydev;
if (phydev) {
mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
phydev->drv->get_strings(phydev, data);
mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
} else {
return;
}
} else
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
/* ops->get_strings is valid because checked earlier */
ops->get_strings(dev, stringset, data);
ethtool: factorize ethtool_get_strings() and ethtool_get_sset_count() This is needed for unified offloads patch. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:16 +01:00
}
net: introduce and use netdev_features_t for device features sets v2: add couple missing conversions in drivers split unexporting netdev_fix_features() implemented %pNF convert sock::sk_route_(no?)caps Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
static netdev_features_t ethtool_get_feature_mask(u32 eth_cmd)
ethtool: factorize get/set_one_feature This allows to enable GRO even if RX csum is disabled. GRO will not be used for packets without hardware checksum anyway. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
{
/* feature masks of legacy discrete ethtool ops */
switch (eth_cmd) {
case ETHTOOL_GTXCSUM:
case ETHTOOL_STXCSUM:
net: Rename NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM to NETIF_F_CSUM_MASK The name NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM is a misnomer. This does not correspond to the set of features for offloading all checksums. This is a mask of the checksum offload related features bits. It is incorrect to set both NETIF_F_HW_CSUM and NETIF_F_IP_CSUM or NETIF_F_IPV6 at the same time for features of a device. This patch: - Changes instances of NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM to NETIF_F_CSUM_MASK (where NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM is being used as a mask). - Changes bonding, sfc/efx, ipvlan, macvlan, vlan, and team drivers to use NEITF_F_HW_CSUM in features list instead of NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-14 20:19:43 +01:00
return NETIF_F_CSUM_MASK | NETIF_F_SCTP_CRC;
net: introduce NETIF_F_RXCSUM Introduce NETIF_F_RXCSUM to replace device-private flags for RX checksum offload. Integrate it with ndo_fix_features. ethtool_op_get_rx_csum() is removed altogether as nothing in-tree uses it. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:18 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GRXCSUM:
case ETHTOOL_SRXCSUM:
return NETIF_F_RXCSUM;
ethtool: factorize get/set_one_feature This allows to enable GRO even if RX csum is disabled. GRO will not be used for packets without hardware checksum anyway. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GSG:
case ETHTOOL_SSG:
return NETIF_F_SG;
case ETHTOOL_GTSO:
case ETHTOOL_STSO:
return NETIF_F_ALL_TSO;
case ETHTOOL_GUFO:
case ETHTOOL_SUFO:
return NETIF_F_UFO;
case ETHTOOL_GGSO:
case ETHTOOL_SGSO:
return NETIF_F_GSO;
case ETHTOOL_GGRO:
case ETHTOOL_SGRO:
return NETIF_F_GRO;
default:
BUG();
}
}
static int ethtool_get_one_feature(struct net_device *dev,
char __user *useraddr, u32 ethcmd)
{
net: introduce and use netdev_features_t for device features sets v2: add couple missing conversions in drivers split unexporting netdev_fix_features() implemented %pNF convert sock::sk_route_(no?)caps Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
netdev_features_t mask = ethtool_get_feature_mask(ethcmd);
ethtool: factorize get/set_one_feature This allows to enable GRO even if RX csum is disabled. GRO will not be used for packets without hardware checksum anyway. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
struct ethtool_value edata = {
.cmd = ethcmd,
net: ethtool: use ndo_fix_features for offload setting Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
.data = !!(dev->features & mask),
ethtool: factorize get/set_one_feature This allows to enable GRO even if RX csum is disabled. GRO will not be used for packets without hardware checksum anyway. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
};
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &edata, sizeof(edata)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
static int ethtool_set_one_feature(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr, u32 ethcmd)
{
struct ethtool_value edata;
net: introduce and use netdev_features_t for device features sets v2: add couple missing conversions in drivers split unexporting netdev_fix_features() implemented %pNF convert sock::sk_route_(no?)caps Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
netdev_features_t mask;
ethtool: factorize get/set_one_feature This allows to enable GRO even if RX csum is disabled. GRO will not be used for packets without hardware checksum anyway. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
if (copy_from_user(&edata, useraddr, sizeof(edata)))
return -EFAULT;
net: ethtool: use ndo_fix_features for offload setting Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
mask = ethtool_get_feature_mask(ethcmd);
mask &= dev->hw_features;
net: remove legacy ethtool ops As all drivers are converted, we may now remove discrete offload setting callback handling. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
if (!mask)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: ethtool: use ndo_fix_features for offload setting Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
net: remove legacy ethtool ops As all drivers are converted, we may now remove discrete offload setting callback handling. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
if (edata.data)
dev->wanted_features |= mask;
else
dev->wanted_features &= ~mask;
net: ethtool: use ndo_fix_features for offload setting Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
net: remove legacy ethtool ops As all drivers are converted, we may now remove discrete offload setting callback handling. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
__netdev_update_features(dev);
net: ethtool: use ndo_fix_features for offload setting Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
net: remove legacy ethtool ops As all drivers are converted, we may now remove discrete offload setting callback handling. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
return 0;
}
net: ethtool: break association of ETH_FLAG_* with NETIF_F_* This is the only place left where dev->features are directly exposed to userspace. I know checkpatch.pl complains about __ethtool_{get,set}_flags(), but the code is easier to read this way. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
#define ETH_ALL_FLAGS (ETH_FLAG_LRO | ETH_FLAG_RXVLAN | ETH_FLAG_TXVLAN | \
ETH_FLAG_NTUPLE | ETH_FLAG_RXHASH)
net: vlan: rename NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_* feature flags to NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_* Rename the hardware VLAN acceleration features to include "CTAG" to indicate that they only support CTAGs. Follow up patches will introduce 802.1ad server provider tagging (STAGs) and require the distinction for hardware not supporting acclerating both. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-04-19 04:04:27 +02:00
#define ETH_ALL_FEATURES (NETIF_F_LRO | NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX | \
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_TX | NETIF_F_NTUPLE | \
NETIF_F_RXHASH)
net: remove legacy ethtool ops As all drivers are converted, we may now remove discrete offload setting callback handling. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
static u32 __ethtool_get_flags(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: ethtool: break association of ETH_FLAG_* with NETIF_F_* This is the only place left where dev->features are directly exposed to userspace. I know checkpatch.pl complains about __ethtool_{get,set}_flags(), but the code is easier to read this way. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
u32 flags = 0;
ethtool: fixed trailing statements in ethtool Applied fixes suggested by checkpatch.pl. Signed-off-by: Dragos Foianu <dragos.foianu@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-13 15:43:00 +02:00
if (dev->features & NETIF_F_LRO)
flags |= ETH_FLAG_LRO;
if (dev->features & NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX)
flags |= ETH_FLAG_RXVLAN;
if (dev->features & NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_TX)
flags |= ETH_FLAG_TXVLAN;
if (dev->features & NETIF_F_NTUPLE)
flags |= ETH_FLAG_NTUPLE;
if (dev->features & NETIF_F_RXHASH)
flags |= ETH_FLAG_RXHASH;
net: ethtool: break association of ETH_FLAG_* with NETIF_F_* This is the only place left where dev->features are directly exposed to userspace. I know checkpatch.pl complains about __ethtool_{get,set}_flags(), but the code is easier to read this way. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
return flags;
ethtool: factorize get/set_one_feature This allows to enable GRO even if RX csum is disabled. GRO will not be used for packets without hardware checksum anyway. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
}
net: remove legacy ethtool ops As all drivers are converted, we may now remove discrete offload setting callback handling. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
static int __ethtool_set_flags(struct net_device *dev, u32 data)
net: use ndo_fix_features for ethtool_ops->set_flags Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:18 +01:00
{
net: introduce and use netdev_features_t for device features sets v2: add couple missing conversions in drivers split unexporting netdev_fix_features() implemented %pNF convert sock::sk_route_(no?)caps Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
netdev_features_t features = 0, changed;
net: use ndo_fix_features for ethtool_ops->set_flags Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:18 +01:00
net: ethtool: break association of ETH_FLAG_* with NETIF_F_* This is the only place left where dev->features are directly exposed to userspace. I know checkpatch.pl complains about __ethtool_{get,set}_flags(), but the code is easier to read this way. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
if (data & ~ETH_ALL_FLAGS)
net: use ndo_fix_features for ethtool_ops->set_flags Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:18 +01:00
return -EINVAL;
ethtool: fixed trailing statements in ethtool Applied fixes suggested by checkpatch.pl. Signed-off-by: Dragos Foianu <dragos.foianu@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-13 15:43:00 +02:00
if (data & ETH_FLAG_LRO)
features |= NETIF_F_LRO;
if (data & ETH_FLAG_RXVLAN)
features |= NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX;
if (data & ETH_FLAG_TXVLAN)
features |= NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_TX;
if (data & ETH_FLAG_NTUPLE)
features |= NETIF_F_NTUPLE;
if (data & ETH_FLAG_RXHASH)
features |= NETIF_F_RXHASH;
net: ethtool: break association of ETH_FLAG_* with NETIF_F_* This is the only place left where dev->features are directly exposed to userspace. I know checkpatch.pl complains about __ethtool_{get,set}_flags(), but the code is easier to read this way. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
net: use ndo_fix_features for ethtool_ops->set_flags Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:18 +01:00
/* allow changing only bits set in hw_features */
net: ethtool: break association of ETH_FLAG_* with NETIF_F_* This is the only place left where dev->features are directly exposed to userspace. I know checkpatch.pl complains about __ethtool_{get,set}_flags(), but the code is easier to read this way. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
changed = (features ^ dev->features) & ETH_ALL_FEATURES;
net: use ndo_fix_features for ethtool_ops->set_flags Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:18 +01:00
if (changed & ~dev->hw_features)
return (changed & dev->hw_features) ? -EINVAL : -EOPNOTSUPP;
dev->wanted_features =
net: ethtool: break association of ETH_FLAG_* with NETIF_F_* This is the only place left where dev->features are directly exposed to userspace. I know checkpatch.pl complains about __ethtool_{get,set}_flags(), but the code is easier to read this way. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
(dev->wanted_features & ~changed) | (features & changed);
net: use ndo_fix_features for ethtool_ops->set_flags Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:18 +01:00
net: Call netdev_features_change() from netdev_update_features() Issue FEAT_CHANGE notification when features are changed by netdev_update_features(). This will allow changes made by extra constraints on e.g. MTU change to be properly propagated like changes via ethtool. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-03 07:48:47 +02:00
__netdev_update_features(dev);
net: use ndo_fix_features for ethtool_ops->set_flags Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:18 +01:00
return 0;
}
net: ethtool: export conversion function between u32 and link mode The function convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode and convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32 may be used outside of ethtool.c. We rename them to ethtool_convert_... and export them, so we could use them in others drivers and modules. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 00:34:59 +02:00
void ethtool_convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode(unsigned long *dst,
u32 legacy_u32)
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
{
bitmap_zero(dst, __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS);
dst[0] = legacy_u32;
}
net: ethtool: export conversion function between u32 and link mode The function convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode and convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32 may be used outside of ethtool.c. We rename them to ethtool_convert_... and export them, so we could use them in others drivers and modules. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 00:34:59 +02:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL(ethtool_convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode);
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
/* return false if src had higher bits set. lower bits always updated. */
net: ethtool: export conversion function between u32 and link mode The function convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode and convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32 may be used outside of ethtool.c. We rename them to ethtool_convert_... and export them, so we could use them in others drivers and modules. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 00:34:59 +02:00
bool ethtool_convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32(u32 *legacy_u32,
const unsigned long *src)
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
{
bool retval = true;
/* TODO: following test will soon always be true */
if (__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS > 32) {
__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(ext);
bitmap_zero(ext, __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS);
bitmap_fill(ext, 32);
bitmap_complement(ext, ext, __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS);
if (bitmap_intersects(ext, src,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS)) {
/* src mask goes beyond bit 31 */
retval = false;
}
}
*legacy_u32 = src[0];
return retval;
}
net: ethtool: export conversion function between u32 and link mode The function convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode and convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32 may be used outside of ethtool.c. We rename them to ethtool_convert_... and export them, so we could use them in others drivers and modules. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 00:34:59 +02:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL(ethtool_convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32);
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
/* return false if legacy contained non-0 deprecated fields
* transceiver/maxtxpkt/maxrxpkt. rest of ksettings always updated
*/
static bool
convert_legacy_settings_to_link_ksettings(
struct ethtool_link_ksettings *link_ksettings,
const struct ethtool_cmd *legacy_settings)
{
bool retval = true;
memset(link_ksettings, 0, sizeof(*link_ksettings));
/* This is used to tell users that driver is still using these
* deprecated legacy fields, and they should not use
* %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/%ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS
*/
if (legacy_settings->transceiver ||
legacy_settings->maxtxpkt ||
legacy_settings->maxrxpkt)
retval = false;
net: ethtool: export conversion function between u32 and link mode The function convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode and convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32 may be used outside of ethtool.c. We rename them to ethtool_convert_... and export them, so we could use them in others drivers and modules. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 00:34:59 +02:00
ethtool_convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode(
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
link_ksettings->link_modes.supported,
legacy_settings->supported);
net: ethtool: export conversion function between u32 and link mode The function convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode and convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32 may be used outside of ethtool.c. We rename them to ethtool_convert_... and export them, so we could use them in others drivers and modules. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 00:34:59 +02:00
ethtool_convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode(
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
link_ksettings->link_modes.advertising,
legacy_settings->advertising);
net: ethtool: export conversion function between u32 and link mode The function convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode and convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32 may be used outside of ethtool.c. We rename them to ethtool_convert_... and export them, so we could use them in others drivers and modules. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 00:34:59 +02:00
ethtool_convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode(
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
link_ksettings->link_modes.lp_advertising,
legacy_settings->lp_advertising);
link_ksettings->base.speed
= ethtool_cmd_speed(legacy_settings);
link_ksettings->base.duplex
= legacy_settings->duplex;
link_ksettings->base.port
= legacy_settings->port;
link_ksettings->base.phy_address
= legacy_settings->phy_address;
link_ksettings->base.autoneg
= legacy_settings->autoneg;
link_ksettings->base.mdio_support
= legacy_settings->mdio_support;
link_ksettings->base.eth_tp_mdix
= legacy_settings->eth_tp_mdix;
link_ksettings->base.eth_tp_mdix_ctrl
= legacy_settings->eth_tp_mdix_ctrl;
return retval;
}
/* return false if ksettings link modes had higher bits
* set. legacy_settings always updated (best effort)
*/
static bool
convert_link_ksettings_to_legacy_settings(
struct ethtool_cmd *legacy_settings,
const struct ethtool_link_ksettings *link_ksettings)
{
bool retval = true;
memset(legacy_settings, 0, sizeof(*legacy_settings));
/* this also clears the deprecated fields in legacy structure:
* __u8 transceiver;
* __u32 maxtxpkt;
* __u32 maxrxpkt;
*/
net: ethtool: export conversion function between u32 and link mode The function convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode and convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32 may be used outside of ethtool.c. We rename them to ethtool_convert_... and export them, so we could use them in others drivers and modules. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 00:34:59 +02:00
retval &= ethtool_convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32(
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
&legacy_settings->supported,
link_ksettings->link_modes.supported);
net: ethtool: export conversion function between u32 and link mode The function convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode and convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32 may be used outside of ethtool.c. We rename them to ethtool_convert_... and export them, so we could use them in others drivers and modules. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 00:34:59 +02:00
retval &= ethtool_convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32(
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
&legacy_settings->advertising,
link_ksettings->link_modes.advertising);
net: ethtool: export conversion function between u32 and link mode The function convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode and convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32 may be used outside of ethtool.c. We rename them to ethtool_convert_... and export them, so we could use them in others drivers and modules. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 00:34:59 +02:00
retval &= ethtool_convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32(
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
&legacy_settings->lp_advertising,
link_ksettings->link_modes.lp_advertising);
ethtool_cmd_speed_set(legacy_settings, link_ksettings->base.speed);
legacy_settings->duplex
= link_ksettings->base.duplex;
legacy_settings->port
= link_ksettings->base.port;
legacy_settings->phy_address
= link_ksettings->base.phy_address;
legacy_settings->autoneg
= link_ksettings->base.autoneg;
legacy_settings->mdio_support
= link_ksettings->base.mdio_support;
legacy_settings->eth_tp_mdix
= link_ksettings->base.eth_tp_mdix;
legacy_settings->eth_tp_mdix_ctrl
= link_ksettings->base.eth_tp_mdix_ctrl;
return retval;
}
/* number of 32-bit words to store the user's link mode bitmaps */
#define __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32 \
DIV_ROUND_UP(__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS, 32)
/* layout of the struct passed from/to userland */
struct ethtool_link_usettings {
struct ethtool_link_settings base;
struct {
__u32 supported[__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32];
__u32 advertising[__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32];
__u32 lp_advertising[__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32];
} link_modes;
};
/* Internal kernel helper to query a device ethtool_link_settings.
*
* Backward compatibility note: for compatibility with legacy drivers
* that implement only the ethtool_cmd API, this has to work with both
* drivers implementing get_link_ksettings API and drivers
* implementing get_settings API. When drivers implement get_settings
* and report ethtool_cmd deprecated fields
* (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt), these fields are silently ignored
* because the resulting struct ethtool_link_settings does not report them.
*/
int __ethtool_get_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_link_ksettings *link_ksettings)
{
int err;
struct ethtool_cmd cmd;
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (dev->ethtool_ops->get_link_ksettings) {
memset(link_ksettings, 0, sizeof(*link_ksettings));
return dev->ethtool_ops->get_link_ksettings(dev,
link_ksettings);
}
/* driver doesn't support %ethtool_link_ksettings API. revert to
* legacy %ethtool_cmd API, unless it's not supported either.
* TODO: remove when ethtool_ops::get_settings disappears internally
*/
net: ethtool: remove unused __ethtool_get_settings replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:58:11 +01:00
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_settings)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
cmd.cmd = ETHTOOL_GSET;
err = dev->ethtool_ops->get_settings(dev, &cmd);
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
if (err < 0)
return err;
/* we ignore deprecated fields transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt
*/
convert_legacy_settings_to_link_ksettings(link_ksettings, &cmd);
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__ethtool_get_link_ksettings);
/* convert ethtool_link_usettings in user space to a kernel internal
* ethtool_link_ksettings. return 0 on success, errno on error.
*/
static int load_link_ksettings_from_user(struct ethtool_link_ksettings *to,
const void __user *from)
{
struct ethtool_link_usettings link_usettings;
if (copy_from_user(&link_usettings, from, sizeof(link_usettings)))
return -EFAULT;
memcpy(&to->base, &link_usettings.base, sizeof(to->base));
bitmap_from_u32array(to->link_modes.supported,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS,
link_usettings.link_modes.supported,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32);
bitmap_from_u32array(to->link_modes.advertising,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS,
link_usettings.link_modes.advertising,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32);
bitmap_from_u32array(to->link_modes.lp_advertising,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS,
link_usettings.link_modes.lp_advertising,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32);
return 0;
}
/* convert a kernel internal ethtool_link_ksettings to
* ethtool_link_usettings in user space. return 0 on success, errno on
* error.
*/
static int
store_link_ksettings_for_user(void __user *to,
const struct ethtool_link_ksettings *from)
{
struct ethtool_link_usettings link_usettings;
memcpy(&link_usettings.base, &from->base, sizeof(link_usettings));
bitmap_to_u32array(link_usettings.link_modes.supported,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32,
from->link_modes.supported,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS);
bitmap_to_u32array(link_usettings.link_modes.advertising,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32,
from->link_modes.advertising,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS);
bitmap_to_u32array(link_usettings.link_modes.lp_advertising,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32,
from->link_modes.lp_advertising,
__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS);
if (copy_to_user(to, &link_usettings, sizeof(link_usettings)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
/* Query device for its ethtool_link_settings.
*
* Backward compatibility note: this function must fail when driver
* does not implement ethtool::get_link_ksettings, even if legacy
* ethtool_ops::get_settings is implemented. This tells new versions
* of ethtool that they should use the legacy API %ETHTOOL_GSET for
* this driver, so that they can correctly access the ethtool_cmd
* deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt), until no driver
* implements ethtool_ops::get_settings anymore.
*/
static int ethtool_get_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
int err = 0;
struct ethtool_link_ksettings link_ksettings;
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_link_ksettings)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
/* handle bitmap nbits handshake */
if (copy_from_user(&link_ksettings.base, useraddr,
sizeof(link_ksettings.base)))
return -EFAULT;
if (__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32
!= link_ksettings.base.link_mode_masks_nwords) {
/* wrong link mode nbits requested */
memset(&link_ksettings, 0, sizeof(link_ksettings));
ethtool: Set cmd field in ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS response to wrong nwords When the ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS implementation finds that userland is using the wrong number of words of link mode bitmaps (or is trying to find out the right numbers) it sets the cmd field to 0 in the response structure. This is inconsistent with the implementation of every other ethtool command, so let's remove that inconsistency before it gets into a stable release. Fixes: 3f1ac7a700d03 ("net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API") Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 02:05:38 +01:00
link_ksettings.base.cmd = ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS;
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
/* send back number of words required as negative val */
compiletime_assert(__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32 <= S8_MAX,
"need too many bits for link modes!");
link_ksettings.base.link_mode_masks_nwords
= -((s8)__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32);
/* copy the base fields back to user, not the link
* mode bitmaps
*/
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &link_ksettings.base,
sizeof(link_ksettings.base)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
/* handshake successful: user/kernel agree on
* link_mode_masks_nwords
*/
memset(&link_ksettings, 0, sizeof(link_ksettings));
err = dev->ethtool_ops->get_link_ksettings(dev, &link_ksettings);
if (err < 0)
return err;
/* make sure we tell the right values to user */
link_ksettings.base.cmd = ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS;
link_ksettings.base.link_mode_masks_nwords
= __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32;
return store_link_ksettings_for_user(useraddr, &link_ksettings);
}
/* Update device ethtool_link_settings.
*
* Backward compatibility note: this function must fail when driver
* does not implement ethtool::set_link_ksettings, even if legacy
* ethtool_ops::set_settings is implemented. This tells new versions
* of ethtool that they should use the legacy API %ETHTOOL_SSET for
* this driver, so that they can correctly update the ethtool_cmd
* deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt), until no driver
* implements ethtool_ops::get_settings anymore.
*/
static int ethtool_set_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
int err;
struct ethtool_link_ksettings link_ksettings;
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->set_link_ksettings)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
/* make sure nbits field has expected value */
if (copy_from_user(&link_ksettings.base, useraddr,
sizeof(link_ksettings.base)))
return -EFAULT;
if (__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32
!= link_ksettings.base.link_mode_masks_nwords)
return -EINVAL;
/* copy the whole structure, now that we know it has expected
* format
*/
err = load_link_ksettings_from_user(&link_ksettings, useraddr);
if (err)
return err;
/* re-check nwords field, just in case */
if (__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32
!= link_ksettings.base.link_mode_masks_nwords)
return -EINVAL;
return dev->ethtool_ops->set_link_ksettings(dev, &link_ksettings);
}
static void
warn_incomplete_ethtool_legacy_settings_conversion(const char *details)
{
char name[sizeof(current->comm)];
pr_info_once("warning: `%s' uses legacy ethtool link settings API, %s\n",
get_task_comm(name, current), details);
}
/* Query device for its ethtool_cmd settings.
*
* Backward compatibility note: for compatibility with legacy ethtool,
* this has to work with both drivers implementing get_link_ksettings
* API and drivers implementing get_settings API. When drivers
* implement get_link_ksettings and report higher link mode bits, a
* kernel warning is logged once (with name of 1st driver/device) to
* recommend user to upgrade ethtool, but the command is successful
* (only the lower link mode bits reported back to user).
*/
net: consolidate and fix ethtool_ops->get_settings calling This patch does several things: - introduces __ethtool_get_settings which is called from ethtool code and from drivers as well. Put ASSERT_RTNL there. - dev_ethtool_get_settings() is replaced by __ethtool_get_settings() - changes calling in drivers so rtnl locking is respected. In iboe_get_rate was previously ->get_settings() called unlocked. This fixes it. Also prb_calc_retire_blk_tmo() in af_packet.c had the same problem. Also fixed by calling __dev_get_by_index() instead of dev_get_by_index() and holding rtnl_lock for both calls. - introduces rtnl_lock in bnx2fc_vport_create() and fcoe_vport_create() so bnx2fc_if_create() and fcoe_if_create() are called locked as they are from other places. - use __ethtool_get_settings() in bonding code Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> v2->v3: -removed dev_ethtool_get_settings() -added ASSERT_RTNL into __ethtool_get_settings() -prb_calc_retire_blk_tmo - use __dev_get_by_index() and lock around it and __ethtool_get_settings() call v1->v2: add missing export_symbol Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> [except FCoE bits] Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-09-03 05:34:30 +02:00
static int ethtool_get_settings(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_cmd cmd;
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (dev->ethtool_ops->get_link_ksettings) {
/* First, use link_ksettings API if it is supported */
int err;
struct ethtool_link_ksettings link_ksettings;
memset(&link_ksettings, 0, sizeof(link_ksettings));
err = dev->ethtool_ops->get_link_ksettings(dev,
&link_ksettings);
if (err < 0)
return err;
if (!convert_link_ksettings_to_legacy_settings(&cmd,
&link_ksettings))
warn_incomplete_ethtool_legacy_settings_conversion(
"link modes are only partially reported");
/* send a sensible cmd tag back to user */
cmd.cmd = ETHTOOL_GSET;
} else {
/* driver doesn't support %ethtool_link_ksettings
* API. revert to legacy %ethtool_cmd API, unless it's
* not supported either.
*/
net: ethtool: remove unused __ethtool_get_settings replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:58:11 +01:00
int err;
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_settings)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
cmd.cmd = ETHTOOL_GSET;
err = dev->ethtool_ops->get_settings(dev, &cmd);
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
if (err < 0)
return err;
}
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &cmd, sizeof(cmd)))
return -EFAULT;
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return 0;
}
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
/* Update device link settings with given ethtool_cmd.
*
* Backward compatibility note: for compatibility with legacy ethtool,
* this has to work with both drivers implementing set_link_ksettings
* API and drivers implementing set_settings API. When drivers
* implement set_link_ksettings and user's request updates deprecated
* ethtool_cmd fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt), a kernel
* warning is logged once (with name of 1st driver/device) to
* recommend user to upgrade ethtool, and the request is rejected.
*/
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
static int ethtool_set_settings(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_cmd cmd;
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
ASSERT_RTNL();
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (copy_from_user(&cmd, useraddr, sizeof(cmd)))
return -EFAULT;
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
/* first, try new %ethtool_link_ksettings API. */
if (dev->ethtool_ops->set_link_ksettings) {
struct ethtool_link_ksettings link_ksettings;
if (!convert_legacy_settings_to_link_ksettings(&link_ksettings,
&cmd))
return -EINVAL;
link_ksettings.base.cmd = ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS;
link_ksettings.base.link_mode_masks_nwords
= __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NU32;
return dev->ethtool_ops->set_link_ksettings(dev,
&link_ksettings);
}
/* legacy %ethtool_cmd API */
/* TODO: return -EOPNOTSUPP when ethtool_ops::get_settings
* disappears internally
*/
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->set_settings)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return dev->ethtool_ops->set_settings(dev, &cmd);
}
net: fix ethtool coding style errors and warnings Fix coding style errors and warnings output while running checkpatch.pl on the files net/core/ethtool.c and include/linux/ethtool.h Signed-off-by: chavey <chavey@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 06:54:42 +02:00
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
{
struct ethtool_drvinfo info;
[PATCH] ethtool: allow const ethtool_ops The ethtool_ops structure is immutable, it expected to be setup by the driver and is never changed. This patch allows drivers to declare there ethtool_ops structure read-only. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
2006-09-08 20:16:13 +02:00
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
info.cmd = ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO;
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
if (ops->get_drvinfo) {
ethtool: Provide a default implementation of ethtool_ops::get_drvinfo The driver name and bus address for a net_device can normally be found through the driver model now. Instead of requiring drivers to provide this information redundantly through the ethtool_ops::get_drvinfo operation, use the driver model to do so if the driver does not define the operation. Since ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO no longer requires the driver to implement any operations, do not require net_device::ethtool_ops to be set either. Remove implementations of get_drvinfo and ethtool_ops that provide only this information. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-08-17 11:31:15 +02:00
ops->get_drvinfo(dev, &info);
} else if (dev->dev.parent && dev->dev.parent->driver) {
strlcpy(info.bus_info, dev_name(dev->dev.parent),
sizeof(info.bus_info));
strlcpy(info.driver, dev->dev.parent->driver->name,
sizeof(info.driver));
} else {
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
ethtool: Add direct access to ops->get_sset_count This patch is an alternative approach for accessing string counts, vs. the drvinfo indirect approach. This way the drvinfo space doesn't run out, and we don't break ABI later. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-03 23:51:50 +01:00
/*
* this method of obtaining string set info is deprecated;
ethtool: Add direct access to ops->get_sset_count On 03/04/2010 09:26 AM, Ben Hutchings wrote: > On Thu, 2010-03-04 at 00:51 -0800, Jeff Kirsher wrote: >> From: Jeff Garzik<jgarzik@redhat.com> >> >> This patch is an alternative approach for accessing string >> counts, vs. the drvinfo indirect approach. This way the drvinfo >> space doesn't run out, and we don't break ABI later. > [...] >> --- a/net/core/ethtool.c >> +++ b/net/core/ethtool.c >> @@ -214,6 +214,10 @@ static noinline int ethtool_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, void __user *use >> info.cmd = ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO; >> ops->get_drvinfo(dev,&info); >> >> + /* >> + * this method of obtaining string set info is deprecated; >> + * consider using ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO instead >> + */ > > This comment belongs on the interface (ethtool.h) not the > implementation. Debatable -- the current comment is located at the callsite of ops->get_sset_count(), which is where an implementor might think to add a new call. Not all the numeric fields in ethtool_drvinfo are obtained from ->get_sset_count(). Hence the "some" in the attached patch to include/linux/ethtool.h, addressing your comment. > [...] >> +static noinline int ethtool_get_sset_info(struct net_device *dev, >> + void __user *useraddr) >> +{ > [...] >> + /* calculate size of return buffer */ >> + for (i = 0; i< 64; i++) >> + if (sset_mask& (1ULL<< i)) >> + n_bits++; > [...] > > We have a function for this: > > n_bits = hweight64(sset_mask); Agreed. I've attached a follow-up patch, which should enable my/Jeff's kernel patch to be applied, followed by this one. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-04 09:21:53 +01:00
* Use ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO instead.
ethtool: Add direct access to ops->get_sset_count This patch is an alternative approach for accessing string counts, vs. the drvinfo indirect approach. This way the drvinfo space doesn't run out, and we don't break ABI later. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-03 23:51:50 +01:00
*/
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
if (ops->get_sset_count) {
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce get_sset_count. Obsolete get_stats_count, self_test_count Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:08 +02:00
int rc;
rc = ops->get_sset_count(dev, ETH_SS_TEST);
if (rc >= 0)
info.testinfo_len = rc;
rc = ops->get_sset_count(dev, ETH_SS_STATS);
if (rc >= 0)
info.n_stats = rc;
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce ->{get,set}_priv_flags, ETHTOOL_[GS]PFLAGS Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:32 +02:00
rc = ops->get_sset_count(dev, ETH_SS_PRIV_FLAGS);
if (rc >= 0)
info.n_priv_flags = rc;
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce get_sset_count. Obsolete get_stats_count, self_test_count Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:08 +02:00
}
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
if (ops->get_regs_len)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
info.regdump_len = ops->get_regs_len(dev);
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
if (ops->get_eeprom_len)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
info.eedump_len = ops->get_eeprom_len(dev);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &info, sizeof(info)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
ethtool: Use noinline_for_stack Use self documenting noinline_for_stack instead of duplicated comments. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-08 21:17:04 +01:00
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_get_sset_info(struct net_device *dev,
net: fix ethtool coding style errors and warnings Fix coding style errors and warnings output while running checkpatch.pl on the files net/core/ethtool.c and include/linux/ethtool.h Signed-off-by: chavey <chavey@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 06:54:42 +02:00
void __user *useraddr)
ethtool: Add direct access to ops->get_sset_count This patch is an alternative approach for accessing string counts, vs. the drvinfo indirect approach. This way the drvinfo space doesn't run out, and we don't break ABI later. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-03 23:51:50 +01:00
{
struct ethtool_sset_info info;
u64 sset_mask;
int i, idx = 0, n_bits = 0, ret, rc;
u32 *info_buf = NULL;
if (copy_from_user(&info, useraddr, sizeof(info)))
return -EFAULT;
/* store copy of mask, because we zero struct later on */
sset_mask = info.sset_mask;
if (!sset_mask)
return 0;
/* calculate size of return buffer */
ethtool: Add direct access to ops->get_sset_count On 03/04/2010 09:26 AM, Ben Hutchings wrote: > On Thu, 2010-03-04 at 00:51 -0800, Jeff Kirsher wrote: >> From: Jeff Garzik<jgarzik@redhat.com> >> >> This patch is an alternative approach for accessing string >> counts, vs. the drvinfo indirect approach. This way the drvinfo >> space doesn't run out, and we don't break ABI later. > [...] >> --- a/net/core/ethtool.c >> +++ b/net/core/ethtool.c >> @@ -214,6 +214,10 @@ static noinline int ethtool_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, void __user *use >> info.cmd = ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO; >> ops->get_drvinfo(dev,&info); >> >> + /* >> + * this method of obtaining string set info is deprecated; >> + * consider using ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO instead >> + */ > > This comment belongs on the interface (ethtool.h) not the > implementation. Debatable -- the current comment is located at the callsite of ops->get_sset_count(), which is where an implementor might think to add a new call. Not all the numeric fields in ethtool_drvinfo are obtained from ->get_sset_count(). Hence the "some" in the attached patch to include/linux/ethtool.h, addressing your comment. > [...] >> +static noinline int ethtool_get_sset_info(struct net_device *dev, >> + void __user *useraddr) >> +{ > [...] >> + /* calculate size of return buffer */ >> + for (i = 0; i< 64; i++) >> + if (sset_mask& (1ULL<< i)) >> + n_bits++; > [...] > > We have a function for this: > > n_bits = hweight64(sset_mask); Agreed. I've attached a follow-up patch, which should enable my/Jeff's kernel patch to be applied, followed by this one. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-04 09:21:53 +01:00
n_bits = hweight64(sset_mask);
ethtool: Add direct access to ops->get_sset_count This patch is an alternative approach for accessing string counts, vs. the drvinfo indirect approach. This way the drvinfo space doesn't run out, and we don't break ABI later. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-03 23:51:50 +01:00
memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
info.cmd = ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO;
info_buf = kzalloc(n_bits * sizeof(u32), GFP_USER);
if (!info_buf)
return -ENOMEM;
/*
* fill return buffer based on input bitmask and successful
* get_sset_count return
*/
for (i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
if (!(sset_mask & (1ULL << i)))
continue;
ethtool: factorize ethtool_get_strings() and ethtool_get_sset_count() This is needed for unified offloads patch. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:16 +01:00
rc = __ethtool_get_sset_count(dev, i);
ethtool: Add direct access to ops->get_sset_count This patch is an alternative approach for accessing string counts, vs. the drvinfo indirect approach. This way the drvinfo space doesn't run out, and we don't break ABI later. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-03 23:51:50 +01:00
if (rc >= 0) {
info.sset_mask |= (1ULL << i);
info_buf[idx++] = rc;
}
}
ret = -EFAULT;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &info, sizeof(info)))
goto out;
useraddr += offsetof(struct ethtool_sset_info, data);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, info_buf, idx * sizeof(u32)))
goto out;
ret = 0;
out:
kfree(info_buf);
return ret;
}
net: fix ethtool coding style errors and warnings Fix coding style errors and warnings output while running checkpatch.pl on the files net/core/ethtool.c and include/linux/ethtool.h Signed-off-by: chavey <chavey@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 06:54:42 +02:00
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_set_rxnfc(struct net_device *dev,
ethtool: Fix potential user buffer overflow for ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFH struct ethtool_rxnfc was originally defined in 2.6.27 for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH command with only the cmd, flow_type and data fields. It was then extended in 2.6.30 to support various additional commands. These commands should have been defined to use a new structure, but it is too late to change that now. Since user-space may still be using the old structure definition for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH commands, and since they do not need the additional fields, only copy the originally defined fields to and from user-space. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-28 10:45:58 +02:00
u32 cmd, void __user *useraddr)
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
{
ethtool: Fix potential user buffer overflow for ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFH struct ethtool_rxnfc was originally defined in 2.6.27 for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH command with only the cmd, flow_type and data fields. It was then extended in 2.6.30 to support various additional commands. These commands should have been defined to use a new structure, but it is too late to change that now. Since user-space may still be using the old structure definition for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH commands, and since they do not need the additional fields, only copy the originally defined fields to and from user-space. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-28 10:45:58 +02:00
struct ethtool_rxnfc info;
size_t info_size = sizeof(info);
ethtool: Allow drivers to select RX NFC rule locations Define special location values for RX NFC that request the driver to select the actual rule location. This allows for implementation on devices that use hash-based filter lookup, whereas currently the API is more suited to devices with TCAM lookup or linear search. In ethtool_set_rxnfc() and the compat wrapper ethtool_ioctl(), copy the structure back to user-space after insertion so that the actual location is returned. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-03 13:04:51 +01:00
int rc;
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
ethtool: Add RX pkt classification interface Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-20 09:58:13 +01:00
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->set_rxnfc)
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ethtool: Fix potential user buffer overflow for ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFH struct ethtool_rxnfc was originally defined in 2.6.27 for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH command with only the cmd, flow_type and data fields. It was then extended in 2.6.30 to support various additional commands. These commands should have been defined to use a new structure, but it is too late to change that now. Since user-space may still be using the old structure definition for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH commands, and since they do not need the additional fields, only copy the originally defined fields to and from user-space. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-28 10:45:58 +02:00
/* struct ethtool_rxnfc was originally defined for
* ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH with only the cmd, flow_type and data
* members. User-space might still be using that
* definition. */
if (cmd == ETHTOOL_SRXFH)
info_size = (offsetof(struct ethtool_rxnfc, data) +
sizeof(info.data));
if (copy_from_user(&info, useraddr, info_size))
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: Allow drivers to select RX NFC rule locations Define special location values for RX NFC that request the driver to select the actual rule location. This allows for implementation on devices that use hash-based filter lookup, whereas currently the API is more suited to devices with TCAM lookup or linear search. In ethtool_set_rxnfc() and the compat wrapper ethtool_ioctl(), copy the structure back to user-space after insertion so that the actual location is returned. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-03 13:04:51 +01:00
rc = dev->ethtool_ops->set_rxnfc(dev, &info);
if (rc)
return rc;
if (cmd == ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLINS &&
copy_to_user(useraddr, &info, info_size))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
}
net: fix ethtool coding style errors and warnings Fix coding style errors and warnings output while running checkpatch.pl on the files net/core/ethtool.c and include/linux/ethtool.h Signed-off-by: chavey <chavey@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 06:54:42 +02:00
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_get_rxnfc(struct net_device *dev,
ethtool: Fix potential user buffer overflow for ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFH struct ethtool_rxnfc was originally defined in 2.6.27 for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH command with only the cmd, flow_type and data fields. It was then extended in 2.6.30 to support various additional commands. These commands should have been defined to use a new structure, but it is too late to change that now. Since user-space may still be using the old structure definition for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH commands, and since they do not need the additional fields, only copy the originally defined fields to and from user-space. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-28 10:45:58 +02:00
u32 cmd, void __user *useraddr)
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
{
struct ethtool_rxnfc info;
ethtool: Fix potential user buffer overflow for ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFH struct ethtool_rxnfc was originally defined in 2.6.27 for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH command with only the cmd, flow_type and data fields. It was then extended in 2.6.30 to support various additional commands. These commands should have been defined to use a new structure, but it is too late to change that now. Since user-space may still be using the old structure definition for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH commands, and since they do not need the additional fields, only copy the originally defined fields to and from user-space. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-28 10:45:58 +02:00
size_t info_size = sizeof(info);
ethtool: Add RX pkt classification interface Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-20 09:58:13 +01:00
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
int ret;
void *rule_buf = NULL;
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
ethtool: Add RX pkt classification interface Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-20 09:58:13 +01:00
if (!ops->get_rxnfc)
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ethtool: Fix potential user buffer overflow for ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFH struct ethtool_rxnfc was originally defined in 2.6.27 for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH command with only the cmd, flow_type and data fields. It was then extended in 2.6.30 to support various additional commands. These commands should have been defined to use a new structure, but it is too late to change that now. Since user-space may still be using the old structure definition for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH commands, and since they do not need the additional fields, only copy the originally defined fields to and from user-space. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-28 10:45:58 +02:00
/* struct ethtool_rxnfc was originally defined for
* ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH with only the cmd, flow_type and data
* members. User-space might still be using that
* definition. */
if (cmd == ETHTOOL_GRXFH)
info_size = (offsetof(struct ethtool_rxnfc, data) +
sizeof(info.data));
if (copy_from_user(&info, useraddr, info_size))
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: Add RX pkt classification interface Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-20 09:58:13 +01:00
if (info.cmd == ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL) {
if (info.rule_cnt > 0) {
ethtool: Fix potential kernel buffer overflow in ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL On a 32-bit machine, info.rule_cnt >= 0x40000000 leads to integer overflow and the buffer may be smaller than needed. Since ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL is unprivileged, this can presumably be used for at least denial of service. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-28 10:44:07 +02:00
if (info.rule_cnt <= KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE / sizeof(u32))
net: clear heap allocation for ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL Calling ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL with a large rule_cnt will allocate kernel heap without clearing it. For the one driver (niu) that implements it, it will leave the unused portion of heap unchanged and copy the full contents back to userspace. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <kees.cook@canonical.com> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-07 12:03:48 +02:00
rule_buf = kzalloc(info.rule_cnt * sizeof(u32),
ethtool: Fix potential kernel buffer overflow in ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL On a 32-bit machine, info.rule_cnt >= 0x40000000 leads to integer overflow and the buffer may be smaller than needed. Since ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL is unprivileged, this can presumably be used for at least denial of service. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-28 10:44:07 +02:00
GFP_USER);
ethtool: Add RX pkt classification interface Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-20 09:58:13 +01:00
if (!rule_buf)
return -ENOMEM;
}
}
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
ethtool: Add RX pkt classification interface Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-20 09:58:13 +01:00
ret = ops->get_rxnfc(dev, &info, rule_buf);
if (ret < 0)
goto err_out;
ret = -EFAULT;
ethtool: Fix potential user buffer overflow for ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFH struct ethtool_rxnfc was originally defined in 2.6.27 for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH command with only the cmd, flow_type and data fields. It was then extended in 2.6.30 to support various additional commands. These commands should have been defined to use a new structure, but it is too late to change that now. Since user-space may still be using the old structure definition for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH commands, and since they do not need the additional fields, only copy the originally defined fields to and from user-space. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-28 10:45:58 +02:00
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &info, info_size))
ethtool: Add RX pkt classification interface Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-20 09:58:13 +01:00
goto err_out;
if (rule_buf) {
useraddr += offsetof(struct ethtool_rxnfc, rule_locs);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, rule_buf,
info.rule_cnt * sizeof(u32)))
goto err_out;
}
ret = 0;
err_out:
core: remove pointless conditional before kfree() Remove pointless conditional before kfree(). Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-04-01 00:06:26 +02:00
kfree(rule_buf);
ethtool: Add RX pkt classification interface Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-20 09:58:13 +01:00
return ret;
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
}
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
static int ethtool_copy_validate_indir(u32 *indir, void __user *useraddr,
struct ethtool_rxnfc *rx_rings,
u32 size)
{
ethtool: Return immediately on error in ethtool_copy_validate_indir() We must return -EFAULT immediately rather than continuing into the loop. Similarly, we may as well return -EINVAL directly. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 01:46:45 +02:00
int i;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
if (copy_from_user(indir, useraddr, size * sizeof(indir[0])))
ethtool: Return immediately on error in ethtool_copy_validate_indir() We must return -EFAULT immediately rather than continuing into the loop. Similarly, we may as well return -EINVAL directly. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 01:46:45 +02:00
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
/* Validate ring indices */
ethtool: Return immediately on error in ethtool_copy_validate_indir() We must return -EFAULT immediately rather than continuing into the loop. Similarly, we may as well return -EINVAL directly. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 01:46:45 +02:00
for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
if (indir[i] >= rx_rings->data)
return -EINVAL;
return 0;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
}
ethtool: Declare netdev_rss_key as __read_mostly. netdev_rss_key is written to once and thereafter is read by drivers when they are initialising. The fact that it is mostly read and not written to makes it a candidate for a __read_mostly declaration. Signed-off-by: Kim Jones <kim-marie.jones@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Alan Carey <alan.carey@intel.com> Acked-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-02 04:51:16 +01:00
u8 netdev_rss_key[NETDEV_RSS_KEY_LEN] __read_mostly;
net: provide a per host RSS key generic infrastructure RSS (Receive Side Scaling) typically uses Toeplitz hash and a 40 or 52 bytes RSS key. Some drivers use a constant (and well known key), some drivers use a random key per port, making bonding setups hard to tune. Well known keys increase attack surface, considering that number of queues is usually a power of two. This patch provides infrastructure to help drivers doing the right thing. netdev_rss_key_fill() should be used by drivers to initialize their RSS key, even if they provide ethtool -X support to let user redefine the key later. A new /proc/sys/net/core/netdev_rss_key file can be used to get the host RSS key even for drivers not providing ethtool -x support, in case some applications want to precisely setup flows to match some RX queues. Tested: myhost:~# cat /proc/sys/net/core/netdev_rss_key 11:63:99:bb:79:fb:a5:a7:07:45:b2:20:bf:02:42:2d:08:1a:dd:19:2b:6b:23:ac:56:28:9d:70:c3:ac:e8:16:4b:b7:c1:10:53:a4:78:41:36:40:74:b6:15:ca:27:44:aa:b3:4d:72 myhost:~# ethtool -x eth0 RX flow hash indirection table for eth0 with 8 RX ring(s): 0: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 RSS hash key: 11:63:99:bb:79:fb:a5:a7:07:45:b2:20:bf:02:42:2d:08:1a:dd:19:2b:6b:23:ac:56:28:9d:70:c3:ac:e8:16:4b:b7:c1:10:53:a4:78:41 Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-16 15:23:05 +01:00
void netdev_rss_key_fill(void *buffer, size_t len)
{
BUG_ON(len > sizeof(netdev_rss_key));
net_get_random_once(netdev_rss_key, sizeof(netdev_rss_key));
memcpy(buffer, netdev_rss_key, len);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_rss_key_fill);
ethtool: correctly ensure {GS}CHANNELS doesn't conflict with GS{RXFH} Ethernet drivers implementing both {GS}RXFH and {GS}CHANNELS ethtool ops incorrectly allow SCHANNELS when it would conflict with the settings from SRXFH. This occurs because it is not possible for drivers to understand whether their Rx flow indirection table has been configured or is in the default state. In addition, drivers currently behave in various ways when increasing the number of Rx channels. Some drivers will always destroy the Rx flow indirection table when this occurs, whether it has been set by the user or not. Other drivers will attempt to preserve the table even if the user has never modified it from the default driver settings. Neither of these situation is desirable because it leads to unexpected behavior or loss of user configuration. The correct behavior is to simply return -EINVAL when SCHANNELS would conflict with the current Rx flow table settings. However, it should only do so if the current settings were modified by the user. If we required that the new settings never conflict with the current (default) Rx flow settings, we would force users to first reduce their Rx flow settings and then reduce the number of Rx channels. This patch proposes a solution implemented in net/core/ethtool.c which ensures that all drivers behave correctly. It checks whether the RXFH table has been configured to non-default settings, and stores this information in a private netdev flag. When the number of channels is requested to change, it first ensures that the current Rx flow table is not going to assign flows to now disabled channels. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-09 01:05:03 +01:00
static int ethtool_get_max_rxfh_channel(struct net_device *dev, u32 *max)
{
u32 dev_size, current_max = 0;
u32 *indir;
int ret;
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_rxfh_indir_size ||
!dev->ethtool_ops->get_rxfh)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
dev_size = dev->ethtool_ops->get_rxfh_indir_size(dev);
if (dev_size == 0)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
indir = kcalloc(dev_size, sizeof(indir[0]), GFP_USER);
if (!indir)
return -ENOMEM;
ret = dev->ethtool_ops->get_rxfh(dev, indir, NULL, NULL);
if (ret)
goto out;
while (dev_size--)
current_max = max(current_max, indir[dev_size]);
*max = current_max;
out:
kfree(indir);
return ret;
}
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_get_rxfh_indir(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
u32 user_size, dev_size;
u32 *indir;
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
int ret;
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_rxfh_indir_size ||
ethtool: Replace ethtool_ops::{get,set}_rxfh_indir() with {get,set}_rxfh() ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFHINDIR and ETHTOOL_{G,S}RSSH should work for drivers regardless of whether they expose the hash key, unless you try to set a hash key for a driver that doesn't expose it. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2014-05-15 02:25:27 +02:00
!dev->ethtool_ops->get_rxfh)
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
dev_size = dev->ethtool_ops->get_rxfh_indir_size(dev);
if (dev_size == 0)
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
if (copy_from_user(&user_size,
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
useraddr + offsetof(struct ethtool_rxfh_indir, size),
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
sizeof(user_size)))
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
if (copy_to_user(useraddr + offsetof(struct ethtool_rxfh_indir, size),
&dev_size, sizeof(dev_size)))
return -EFAULT;
/* If the user buffer size is 0, this is just a query for the
* device table size. Otherwise, if it's smaller than the
* device table size it's an error.
*/
if (user_size < dev_size)
return user_size == 0 ? 0 : -EINVAL;
indir = kcalloc(dev_size, sizeof(indir[0]), GFP_USER);
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
if (!indir)
return -ENOMEM;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
ret = dev->ethtool_ops->get_rxfh(dev, indir, NULL, NULL);
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
if (ret)
goto out;
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
if (copy_to_user(useraddr +
offsetof(struct ethtool_rxfh_indir, ring_index[0]),
indir, dev_size * sizeof(indir[0])))
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
ret = -EFAULT;
out:
kfree(indir);
return ret;
}
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_set_rxfh_indir(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
struct ethtool_rxnfc rx_rings;
u32 user_size, dev_size, i;
u32 *indir;
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
int ret;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
u32 ringidx_offset = offsetof(struct ethtool_rxfh_indir, ring_index[0]);
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
ethtool: Replace ethtool_ops::{get,set}_rxfh_indir() with {get,set}_rxfh() ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFHINDIR and ETHTOOL_{G,S}RSSH should work for drivers regardless of whether they expose the hash key, unless you try to set a hash key for a driver that doesn't expose it. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2014-05-15 02:25:27 +02:00
if (!ops->get_rxfh_indir_size || !ops->set_rxfh ||
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
!ops->get_rxnfc)
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
dev_size = ops->get_rxfh_indir_size(dev);
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
if (dev_size == 0)
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
if (copy_from_user(&user_size,
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
useraddr + offsetof(struct ethtool_rxfh_indir, size),
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
sizeof(user_size)))
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: Define and apply a default policy for RX flow hash indirection All drivers that support modification of the RX flow hash indirection table initialise it in the same way: RX rings are assigned to table entries in rotation. Make that default policy explicit by having them call a ethtool_rxfh_indir_default() function. In the ethtool core, add support for a zero size value for ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR, which resets the table to this default. Partly-suggested-by: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:56:49 +01:00
if (user_size != 0 && user_size != dev_size)
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
return -EINVAL;
indir = kcalloc(dev_size, sizeof(indir[0]), GFP_USER);
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
if (!indir)
return -ENOMEM;
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
rx_rings.cmd = ETHTOOL_GRXRINGS;
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
ret = ops->get_rxnfc(dev, &rx_rings, NULL);
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
if (ret)
goto out;
ethtool: Define and apply a default policy for RX flow hash indirection All drivers that support modification of the RX flow hash indirection table initialise it in the same way: RX rings are assigned to table entries in rotation. Make that default policy explicit by having them call a ethtool_rxfh_indir_default() function. In the ethtool core, add support for a zero size value for ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR, which resets the table to this default. Partly-suggested-by: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:56:49 +01:00
if (user_size == 0) {
for (i = 0; i < dev_size; i++)
indir[i] = ethtool_rxfh_indir_default(i, rx_rings.data);
} else {
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
ret = ethtool_copy_validate_indir(indir,
useraddr + ringidx_offset,
&rx_rings,
dev_size);
if (ret)
goto out;
}
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
ret = ops->set_rxfh(dev, indir, NULL, ETH_RSS_HASH_NO_CHANGE);
ethtool: correctly ensure {GS}CHANNELS doesn't conflict with GS{RXFH} Ethernet drivers implementing both {GS}RXFH and {GS}CHANNELS ethtool ops incorrectly allow SCHANNELS when it would conflict with the settings from SRXFH. This occurs because it is not possible for drivers to understand whether their Rx flow indirection table has been configured or is in the default state. In addition, drivers currently behave in various ways when increasing the number of Rx channels. Some drivers will always destroy the Rx flow indirection table when this occurs, whether it has been set by the user or not. Other drivers will attempt to preserve the table even if the user has never modified it from the default driver settings. Neither of these situation is desirable because it leads to unexpected behavior or loss of user configuration. The correct behavior is to simply return -EINVAL when SCHANNELS would conflict with the current Rx flow table settings. However, it should only do so if the current settings were modified by the user. If we required that the new settings never conflict with the current (default) Rx flow settings, we would force users to first reduce their Rx flow settings and then reduce the number of Rx channels. This patch proposes a solution implemented in net/core/ethtool.c which ensures that all drivers behave correctly. It checks whether the RXFH table has been configured to non-default settings, and stores this information in a private netdev flag. When the number of channels is requested to change, it first ensures that the current Rx flow table is not going to assign flows to now disabled channels. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-09 01:05:03 +01:00
if (ret)
goto out;
/* indicate whether rxfh was set to default */
if (user_size == 0)
dev->priv_flags &= ~IFF_RXFH_CONFIGURED;
else
dev->priv_flags |= IFF_RXFH_CONFIGURED;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
out:
kfree(indir);
return ret;
}
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_get_rxfh(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
int ret;
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
u32 user_indir_size, user_key_size;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
u32 dev_indir_size = 0, dev_key_size = 0;
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
struct ethtool_rxfh rxfh;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
u32 total_size;
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
u32 indir_bytes;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
u32 *indir = NULL;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
u8 dev_hfunc = 0;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
u8 *hkey = NULL;
u8 *rss_config;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
if (!ops->get_rxfh)
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (ops->get_rxfh_indir_size)
dev_indir_size = ops->get_rxfh_indir_size(dev);
if (ops->get_rxfh_key_size)
dev_key_size = ops->get_rxfh_key_size(dev);
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
if (copy_from_user(&rxfh, useraddr, sizeof(rxfh)))
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
user_indir_size = rxfh.indir_size;
user_key_size = rxfh.key_size;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
/* Check that reserved fields are 0 for now */
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
if (rxfh.rss_context || rxfh.rsvd8[0] || rxfh.rsvd8[1] ||
rxfh.rsvd8[2] || rxfh.rsvd32)
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
return -EINVAL;
rxfh.indir_size = dev_indir_size;
rxfh.key_size = dev_key_size;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &rxfh, sizeof(rxfh)))
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
return -EFAULT;
if ((user_indir_size && (user_indir_size != dev_indir_size)) ||
(user_key_size && (user_key_size != dev_key_size)))
return -EINVAL;
indir_bytes = user_indir_size * sizeof(indir[0]);
total_size = indir_bytes + user_key_size;
rss_config = kzalloc(total_size, GFP_USER);
if (!rss_config)
return -ENOMEM;
if (user_indir_size)
indir = (u32 *)rss_config;
if (user_key_size)
hkey = rss_config + indir_bytes;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
ret = dev->ethtool_ops->get_rxfh(dev, indir, hkey, &dev_hfunc);
if (ret)
goto out;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
if (copy_to_user(useraddr + offsetof(struct ethtool_rxfh, hfunc),
&dev_hfunc, sizeof(rxfh.hfunc))) {
ret = -EFAULT;
} else if (copy_to_user(useraddr +
offsetof(struct ethtool_rxfh, rss_config[0]),
rss_config, total_size)) {
ret = -EFAULT;
}
out:
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
kfree(rss_config);
return ret;
}
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_set_rxfh(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
int ret;
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
struct ethtool_rxnfc rx_rings;
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
struct ethtool_rxfh rxfh;
u32 dev_indir_size = 0, dev_key_size = 0, i;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
u32 *indir = NULL, indir_bytes = 0;
u8 *hkey = NULL;
u8 *rss_config;
u32 rss_cfg_offset = offsetof(struct ethtool_rxfh, rss_config[0]);
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
if (!ops->get_rxnfc || !ops->set_rxfh)
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (ops->get_rxfh_indir_size)
dev_indir_size = ops->get_rxfh_indir_size(dev);
if (ops->get_rxfh_key_size)
ethtool: use "ops" name consistenty in ethtool_set_rxfh() "dev->ethtool_ops" and "ops" are the same, but we should use "ops" everywhere to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-20 11:54:05 +01:00
dev_key_size = ops->get_rxfh_key_size(dev);
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
if (copy_from_user(&rxfh, useraddr, sizeof(rxfh)))
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
/* Check that reserved fields are 0 for now */
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
if (rxfh.rss_context || rxfh.rsvd8[0] || rxfh.rsvd8[1] ||
rxfh.rsvd8[2] || rxfh.rsvd32)
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
return -EINVAL;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
/* If either indir, hash key or function is valid, proceed further.
* Must request at least one change: indir size, hash key or function.
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
*/
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
if ((rxfh.indir_size &&
rxfh.indir_size != ETH_RXFH_INDIR_NO_CHANGE &&
rxfh.indir_size != dev_indir_size) ||
(rxfh.key_size && (rxfh.key_size != dev_key_size)) ||
(rxfh.indir_size == ETH_RXFH_INDIR_NO_CHANGE &&
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
rxfh.key_size == 0 && rxfh.hfunc == ETH_RSS_HASH_NO_CHANGE))
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
return -EINVAL;
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
if (rxfh.indir_size != ETH_RXFH_INDIR_NO_CHANGE)
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
indir_bytes = dev_indir_size * sizeof(indir[0]);
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
rss_config = kzalloc(indir_bytes + rxfh.key_size, GFP_USER);
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
if (!rss_config)
return -ENOMEM;
rx_rings.cmd = ETHTOOL_GRXRINGS;
ret = ops->get_rxnfc(dev, &rx_rings, NULL);
if (ret)
goto out;
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
/* rxfh.indir_size == 0 means reset the indir table to default.
* rxfh.indir_size == ETH_RXFH_INDIR_NO_CHANGE means leave it unchanged.
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
*/
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
if (rxfh.indir_size &&
rxfh.indir_size != ETH_RXFH_INDIR_NO_CHANGE) {
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
indir = (u32 *)rss_config;
ret = ethtool_copy_validate_indir(indir,
useraddr + rss_cfg_offset,
&rx_rings,
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
rxfh.indir_size);
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
if (ret)
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
goto out;
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
} else if (rxfh.indir_size == 0) {
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
indir = (u32 *)rss_config;
for (i = 0; i < dev_indir_size; i++)
indir[i] = ethtool_rxfh_indir_default(i, rx_rings.data);
}
ethtool: Define and apply a default policy for RX flow hash indirection All drivers that support modification of the RX flow hash indirection table initialise it in the same way: RX rings are assigned to table entries in rotation. Make that default policy explicit by having them call a ethtool_rxfh_indir_default() function. In the ethtool core, add support for a zero size value for ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR, which resets the table to this default. Partly-suggested-by: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:56:49 +01:00
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
if (rxfh.key_size) {
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
hkey = rss_config + indir_bytes;
if (copy_from_user(hkey,
useraddr + rss_cfg_offset + indir_bytes,
ethtool: Check that reserved fields of struct ethtool_rxfh are 0 We should fail rather than silently ignoring use of these extensions. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
2014-05-15 17:28:07 +02:00
rxfh.key_size)) {
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
ret = -EFAULT;
goto out;
ethtool: Define and apply a default policy for RX flow hash indirection All drivers that support modification of the RX flow hash indirection table initialise it in the same way: RX rings are assigned to table entries in rotation. Make that default policy explicit by having them call a ethtool_rxfh_indir_default() function. In the ethtool core, add support for a zero size value for ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR, which resets the table to this default. Partly-suggested-by: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:56:49 +01:00
}
ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this validation from drivers. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 14:55:01 +01:00
}
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash function This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or setting the RSS hash function. It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly. This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the driver implementation of set_rxfh. User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS. Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also assumed it is Toeplitz. Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com> Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com> Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com> Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com> Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com> Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com> Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 17:12:10 +01:00
ret = ops->set_rxfh(dev, indir, hkey, rxfh.hfunc);
ethtool: correctly ensure {GS}CHANNELS doesn't conflict with GS{RXFH} Ethernet drivers implementing both {GS}RXFH and {GS}CHANNELS ethtool ops incorrectly allow SCHANNELS when it would conflict with the settings from SRXFH. This occurs because it is not possible for drivers to understand whether their Rx flow indirection table has been configured or is in the default state. In addition, drivers currently behave in various ways when increasing the number of Rx channels. Some drivers will always destroy the Rx flow indirection table when this occurs, whether it has been set by the user or not. Other drivers will attempt to preserve the table even if the user has never modified it from the default driver settings. Neither of these situation is desirable because it leads to unexpected behavior or loss of user configuration. The correct behavior is to simply return -EINVAL when SCHANNELS would conflict with the current Rx flow table settings. However, it should only do so if the current settings were modified by the user. If we required that the new settings never conflict with the current (default) Rx flow settings, we would force users to first reduce their Rx flow settings and then reduce the number of Rx channels. This patch proposes a solution implemented in net/core/ethtool.c which ensures that all drivers behave correctly. It checks whether the RXFH table has been configured to non-default settings, and stores this information in a private netdev flag. When the number of channels is requested to change, it first ensures that the current Rx flow table is not going to assign flows to now disabled channels. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-09 01:05:03 +01:00
if (ret)
goto out;
/* indicate whether rxfh was set to default */
if (rxfh.indir_size == 0)
dev->priv_flags &= ~IFF_RXFH_CONFIGURED;
else if (rxfh.indir_size != ETH_RXFH_INDIR_NO_CHANGE)
dev->priv_flags |= IFF_RXFH_CONFIGURED;
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
out:
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
kfree(rss_config);
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
return ret;
}
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
static int ethtool_get_regs(struct net_device *dev, char __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_regs regs;
[PATCH] ethtool: allow const ethtool_ops The ethtool_ops structure is immutable, it expected to be setup by the driver and is never changed. This patch allows drivers to declare there ethtool_ops structure read-only. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
2006-09-08 20:16:13 +02:00
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
void *regbuf;
int reglen, ret;
if (!ops->get_regs || !ops->get_regs_len)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&regs, useraddr, sizeof(regs)))
return -EFAULT;
reglen = ops->get_regs_len(dev);
if (regs.len > reglen)
regs.len = reglen;
net: clear heap allocation for ethtool_get_regs() There is a conflict between commit b00916b1 and a77f5db3. This patch resolves the conflict by clearing the heap allocation in ethtool_get_regs(). Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Eugene Teo <eugeneteo@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-25 06:05:17 +01:00
regbuf = vzalloc(reglen);
ethtool: Allow zero-length register dumps again Some drivers (ab)use the ethtool_ops::get_regs operation to expose only a hardware revision ID. Commit a77f5db361ed9953b5b749353ea2c7fed2bf8d93 ('ethtool: Allocate register dump buffer with vmalloc()') had the side-effect of breaking these, as vmalloc() returns a null pointer for size=0 whereas kmalloc() did not. For backward-compatibility, allow zero-length dumps again. Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.37+] Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-07-22 00:25:30 +02:00
if (reglen && !regbuf)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return -ENOMEM;
ops->get_regs(dev, &regs, regbuf);
ret = -EFAULT;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &regs, sizeof(regs)))
goto out;
useraddr += offsetof(struct ethtool_regs, data);
ethtool: Allow zero-length register dumps again Some drivers (ab)use the ethtool_ops::get_regs operation to expose only a hardware revision ID. Commit a77f5db361ed9953b5b749353ea2c7fed2bf8d93 ('ethtool: Allocate register dump buffer with vmalloc()') had the side-effect of breaking these, as vmalloc() returns a null pointer for size=0 whereas kmalloc() did not. For backward-compatibility, allow zero-length dumps again. Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.37+] Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-07-22 00:25:30 +02:00
if (regbuf && copy_to_user(useraddr, regbuf, regs.len))
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
goto out;
ret = 0;
out:
ethtool: Allocate register dump buffer with vmalloc() Some NICs have huge register files which exceed the maximum heap allocation size. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-20 10:42:17 +02:00
vfree(regbuf);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return ret;
}
ethtool: Add reset operation After updating firmware stored in flash, users may wish to reset the relevant hardware and start the new firmware immediately. This should not be completely automatic as it may be disruptive. A selective reset may also be useful for debugging or diagnostics. This adds a separate reset operation which takes flags indicating the components to be reset. Drivers are allowed to reset only a subset of those requested, and must indicate the actual subset. This allows the use of generic component masks and some future expansion. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-05 12:59:58 +02:00
static int ethtool_reset(struct net_device *dev, char __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_value reset;
int ret;
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->reset)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&reset, useraddr, sizeof(reset)))
return -EFAULT;
ret = dev->ethtool_ops->reset(dev, &reset.data);
if (ret)
return ret;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &reset, sizeof(reset)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
static int ethtool_get_wol(struct net_device *dev, char __user *useraddr)
{
ethtool: Use explicit designated initializers for .cmd Initialize the .cmd member of various ethtool using a designated struct initializer rather. This makes things a teeny bit more robust, although the chance of a struct layout changing is extremely remote, and also makes the code a little easier to read. Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-11 21:14:23 +01:00
struct ethtool_wolinfo wol = { .cmd = ETHTOOL_GWOL };
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_wol)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
dev->ethtool_ops->get_wol(dev, &wol);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &wol, sizeof(wol)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
static int ethtool_set_wol(struct net_device *dev, char __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_wolinfo wol;
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->set_wol)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&wol, useraddr, sizeof(wol)))
return -EFAULT;
return dev->ethtool_ops->set_wol(dev, &wol);
}
Added kernel support in EEE Ethtool commands This patch extends the kernel's ethtool interface by adding support for 2 new EEE commands - get_eee and set_eee. Thanks goes to Giuseppe Cavallaro for his original patch adding this support. Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-06-06 19:13:06 +02:00
static int ethtool_get_eee(struct net_device *dev, char __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_eee edata;
int rc;
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_eee)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
memset(&edata, 0, sizeof(struct ethtool_eee));
edata.cmd = ETHTOOL_GEEE;
rc = dev->ethtool_ops->get_eee(dev, &edata);
if (rc)
return rc;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &edata, sizeof(edata)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
static int ethtool_set_eee(struct net_device *dev, char __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_eee edata;
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->set_eee)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&edata, useraddr, sizeof(edata)))
return -EFAULT;
return dev->ethtool_ops->set_eee(dev, &edata);
}
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
static int ethtool_nway_reset(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->nway_reset)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return dev->ethtool_ops->nway_reset(dev);
}
ethtool: Report link-down while interface is down While an interface is down, many implementations of ethtool_ops::get_link, including the default, ethtool_op_get_link(), will report the last link state seen while the interface was up. In general the current physical link state is not available if the interface is down. Define ETHTOOL_GLINK to reflect whether the interface *and* any physical port have a working link, and consistently return 0 when the interface is down. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-12-09 13:08:35 +01:00
static int ethtool_get_link(struct net_device *dev, char __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_value edata = { .cmd = ETHTOOL_GLINK };
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_link)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
edata.data = netif_running(dev) && dev->ethtool_ops->get_link(dev);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &edata, sizeof(edata)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
ethtool: Split ethtool_get_eeprom() to allow for additional EEPROM accessors We want to support reading module (SFP+, XFP, ...) EEPROMs as well as NIC EEPROMs. They will need a different command number and driver operation, but the structure and arguments will be the same and so we can share most of the code here. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2012-04-12 02:42:12 +02:00
static int ethtool_get_any_eeprom(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr,
int (*getter)(struct net_device *,
struct ethtool_eeprom *, u8 *),
u32 total_len)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
{
struct ethtool_eeprom eeprom;
[ETHTOOL]: Add support for large eeproms Currently, it is not possible to read/write to an eeprom larger than 128k in size because the buffer used for temporarily storing the eeprom contents is allocated using kmalloc. kmalloc can only allocate a maximum of 128k depending on architecture. Modified ethtool_get/set_eeprom to only allocate a page of memory and then copy the eeprom a page at a time. Updated original patch as per suggestions from Joe Perches. Signed-off-by: Mandeep Singh Baines <msb@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 04:24:17 +02:00
void __user *userbuf = useraddr + sizeof(eeprom);
u32 bytes_remaining;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
u8 *data;
[ETHTOOL]: Add support for large eeproms Currently, it is not possible to read/write to an eeprom larger than 128k in size because the buffer used for temporarily storing the eeprom contents is allocated using kmalloc. kmalloc can only allocate a maximum of 128k depending on architecture. Modified ethtool_get/set_eeprom to only allocate a page of memory and then copy the eeprom a page at a time. Updated original patch as per suggestions from Joe Perches. Signed-off-by: Mandeep Singh Baines <msb@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 04:24:17 +02:00
int ret = 0;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (copy_from_user(&eeprom, useraddr, sizeof(eeprom)))
return -EFAULT;
/* Check for wrap and zero */
if (eeprom.offset + eeprom.len <= eeprom.offset)
return -EINVAL;
/* Check for exceeding total eeprom len */
ethtool: Split ethtool_get_eeprom() to allow for additional EEPROM accessors We want to support reading module (SFP+, XFP, ...) EEPROMs as well as NIC EEPROMs. They will need a different command number and driver operation, but the structure and arguments will be the same and so we can share most of the code here. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2012-04-12 02:42:12 +02:00
if (eeprom.offset + eeprom.len > total_len)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return -EINVAL;
[ETHTOOL]: Add support for large eeproms Currently, it is not possible to read/write to an eeprom larger than 128k in size because the buffer used for temporarily storing the eeprom contents is allocated using kmalloc. kmalloc can only allocate a maximum of 128k depending on architecture. Modified ethtool_get/set_eeprom to only allocate a page of memory and then copy the eeprom a page at a time. Updated original patch as per suggestions from Joe Perches. Signed-off-by: Mandeep Singh Baines <msb@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 04:24:17 +02:00
data = kmalloc(PAGE_SIZE, GFP_USER);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (!data)
return -ENOMEM;
[ETHTOOL]: Add support for large eeproms Currently, it is not possible to read/write to an eeprom larger than 128k in size because the buffer used for temporarily storing the eeprom contents is allocated using kmalloc. kmalloc can only allocate a maximum of 128k depending on architecture. Modified ethtool_get/set_eeprom to only allocate a page of memory and then copy the eeprom a page at a time. Updated original patch as per suggestions from Joe Perches. Signed-off-by: Mandeep Singh Baines <msb@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 04:24:17 +02:00
bytes_remaining = eeprom.len;
while (bytes_remaining > 0) {
eeprom.len = min(bytes_remaining, (u32)PAGE_SIZE);
ethtool: Split ethtool_get_eeprom() to allow for additional EEPROM accessors We want to support reading module (SFP+, XFP, ...) EEPROMs as well as NIC EEPROMs. They will need a different command number and driver operation, but the structure and arguments will be the same and so we can share most of the code here. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2012-04-12 02:42:12 +02:00
ret = getter(dev, &eeprom, data);
[ETHTOOL]: Add support for large eeproms Currently, it is not possible to read/write to an eeprom larger than 128k in size because the buffer used for temporarily storing the eeprom contents is allocated using kmalloc. kmalloc can only allocate a maximum of 128k depending on architecture. Modified ethtool_get/set_eeprom to only allocate a page of memory and then copy the eeprom a page at a time. Updated original patch as per suggestions from Joe Perches. Signed-off-by: Mandeep Singh Baines <msb@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 04:24:17 +02:00
if (ret)
break;
if (copy_to_user(userbuf, data, eeprom.len)) {
ret = -EFAULT;
break;
}
userbuf += eeprom.len;
eeprom.offset += eeprom.len;
bytes_remaining -= eeprom.len;
}
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
ethtool: EEPROM dump no longer works for tg3 and natsemi In the ethtool user-space application, tg3 and natsemi over-ride the default implementation of dump_eeprom(). In both tg3_dump_eeprom() and natsemi_dump_eeprom(), there is a magic number check which is not present in the default implementation. Commit b131dd5d ("[ETHTOOL]: Add support for large eeproms") snipped the code which copied the ethtool_eeprom structure back to user-space. tg3 and natsemi are over-writing the magic number field and then checking it in user-space. With the ethtool_eeprom copy removed, the check is failing. The fix is simple. Add the ethtool_eeprom copy back. Signed-off-by: Mandeep Singh Baines <msb@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-25 05:55:56 +02:00
eeprom.len = userbuf - (useraddr + sizeof(eeprom));
eeprom.offset -= eeprom.len;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &eeprom, sizeof(eeprom)))
ret = -EFAULT;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
kfree(data);
return ret;
}
ethtool: Split ethtool_get_eeprom() to allow for additional EEPROM accessors We want to support reading module (SFP+, XFP, ...) EEPROMs as well as NIC EEPROMs. They will need a different command number and driver operation, but the structure and arguments will be the same and so we can share most of the code here. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2012-04-12 02:42:12 +02:00
static int ethtool_get_eeprom(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
net: ethtool: Return -EOPNOTSUPP if user space tries to read EEPROM with lengh 0 If a driver supports reading EEPROM but no EEPROM is installed in the system, the driver's get_eeprom_len function returns 0. ethtool will subsequently try to read that zero-length EEPROM anyway. If the driver does not support EEPROM access at all, this operation will return -EOPNOTSUPP. If the driver does support EEPROM access but no EEPROM is installed, the operation will return -EINVAL. Return -EOPNOTSUPP in both cases for consistency. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-31 04:50:15 +01:00
if (!ops->get_eeprom || !ops->get_eeprom_len ||
!ops->get_eeprom_len(dev))
ethtool: Split ethtool_get_eeprom() to allow for additional EEPROM accessors We want to support reading module (SFP+, XFP, ...) EEPROMs as well as NIC EEPROMs. They will need a different command number and driver operation, but the structure and arguments will be the same and so we can share most of the code here. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2012-04-12 02:42:12 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ethtool_get_any_eeprom(dev, useraddr, ops->get_eeprom,
ops->get_eeprom_len(dev));
}
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
static int ethtool_set_eeprom(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_eeprom eeprom;
[PATCH] ethtool: allow const ethtool_ops The ethtool_ops structure is immutable, it expected to be setup by the driver and is never changed. This patch allows drivers to declare there ethtool_ops structure read-only. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
2006-09-08 20:16:13 +02:00
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
[ETHTOOL]: Add support for large eeproms Currently, it is not possible to read/write to an eeprom larger than 128k in size because the buffer used for temporarily storing the eeprom contents is allocated using kmalloc. kmalloc can only allocate a maximum of 128k depending on architecture. Modified ethtool_get/set_eeprom to only allocate a page of memory and then copy the eeprom a page at a time. Updated original patch as per suggestions from Joe Perches. Signed-off-by: Mandeep Singh Baines <msb@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 04:24:17 +02:00
void __user *userbuf = useraddr + sizeof(eeprom);
u32 bytes_remaining;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
u8 *data;
[ETHTOOL]: Add support for large eeproms Currently, it is not possible to read/write to an eeprom larger than 128k in size because the buffer used for temporarily storing the eeprom contents is allocated using kmalloc. kmalloc can only allocate a maximum of 128k depending on architecture. Modified ethtool_get/set_eeprom to only allocate a page of memory and then copy the eeprom a page at a time. Updated original patch as per suggestions from Joe Perches. Signed-off-by: Mandeep Singh Baines <msb@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 04:24:17 +02:00
int ret = 0;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
net: ethtool: Return -EOPNOTSUPP if user space tries to read EEPROM with lengh 0 If a driver supports reading EEPROM but no EEPROM is installed in the system, the driver's get_eeprom_len function returns 0. ethtool will subsequently try to read that zero-length EEPROM anyway. If the driver does not support EEPROM access at all, this operation will return -EOPNOTSUPP. If the driver does support EEPROM access but no EEPROM is installed, the operation will return -EINVAL. Return -EOPNOTSUPP in both cases for consistency. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-31 04:50:15 +01:00
if (!ops->set_eeprom || !ops->get_eeprom_len ||
!ops->get_eeprom_len(dev))
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&eeprom, useraddr, sizeof(eeprom)))
return -EFAULT;
/* Check for wrap and zero */
if (eeprom.offset + eeprom.len <= eeprom.offset)
return -EINVAL;
/* Check for exceeding total eeprom len */
if (eeprom.offset + eeprom.len > ops->get_eeprom_len(dev))
return -EINVAL;
[ETHTOOL]: Add support for large eeproms Currently, it is not possible to read/write to an eeprom larger than 128k in size because the buffer used for temporarily storing the eeprom contents is allocated using kmalloc. kmalloc can only allocate a maximum of 128k depending on architecture. Modified ethtool_get/set_eeprom to only allocate a page of memory and then copy the eeprom a page at a time. Updated original patch as per suggestions from Joe Perches. Signed-off-by: Mandeep Singh Baines <msb@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 04:24:17 +02:00
data = kmalloc(PAGE_SIZE, GFP_USER);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (!data)
return -ENOMEM;
[ETHTOOL]: Add support for large eeproms Currently, it is not possible to read/write to an eeprom larger than 128k in size because the buffer used for temporarily storing the eeprom contents is allocated using kmalloc. kmalloc can only allocate a maximum of 128k depending on architecture. Modified ethtool_get/set_eeprom to only allocate a page of memory and then copy the eeprom a page at a time. Updated original patch as per suggestions from Joe Perches. Signed-off-by: Mandeep Singh Baines <msb@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 04:24:17 +02:00
bytes_remaining = eeprom.len;
while (bytes_remaining > 0) {
eeprom.len = min(bytes_remaining, (u32)PAGE_SIZE);
if (copy_from_user(data, userbuf, eeprom.len)) {
ret = -EFAULT;
break;
}
ret = ops->set_eeprom(dev, &eeprom, data);
if (ret)
break;
userbuf += eeprom.len;
eeprom.offset += eeprom.len;
bytes_remaining -= eeprom.len;
}
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
kfree(data);
return ret;
}
net: fix ethtool coding style errors and warnings Fix coding style errors and warnings output while running checkpatch.pl on the files net/core/ethtool.c and include/linux/ethtool.h Signed-off-by: chavey <chavey@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 06:54:42 +02:00
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_get_coalesce(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
{
ethtool: Use explicit designated initializers for .cmd Initialize the .cmd member of various ethtool using a designated struct initializer rather. This makes things a teeny bit more robust, although the chance of a struct layout changing is extremely remote, and also makes the code a little easier to read. Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-11 21:14:23 +01:00
struct ethtool_coalesce coalesce = { .cmd = ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE };
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_coalesce)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
dev->ethtool_ops->get_coalesce(dev, &coalesce);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &coalesce, sizeof(coalesce)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
net: fix ethtool coding style errors and warnings Fix coding style errors and warnings output while running checkpatch.pl on the files net/core/ethtool.c and include/linux/ethtool.h Signed-off-by: chavey <chavey@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 06:54:42 +02:00
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_set_coalesce(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
{
struct ethtool_coalesce coalesce;
[ETHTOOL]: Check correct pointer in ethtool_set_coalesce(). It was checking the "GET" function pointer instead of the "SET" one. Looks like a cut&paste error :-) Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-06-07 00:07:19 +02:00
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->set_coalesce)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&coalesce, useraddr, sizeof(coalesce)))
return -EFAULT;
return dev->ethtool_ops->set_coalesce(dev, &coalesce);
}
static int ethtool_get_ringparam(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
ethtool: Use explicit designated initializers for .cmd Initialize the .cmd member of various ethtool using a designated struct initializer rather. This makes things a teeny bit more robust, although the chance of a struct layout changing is extremely remote, and also makes the code a little easier to read. Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-11 21:14:23 +01:00
struct ethtool_ringparam ringparam = { .cmd = ETHTOOL_GRINGPARAM };
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_ringparam)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
dev->ethtool_ops->get_ringparam(dev, &ringparam);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &ringparam, sizeof(ringparam)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
static int ethtool_set_ringparam(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_ringparam ringparam;
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->set_ringparam)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&ringparam, useraddr, sizeof(ringparam)))
return -EFAULT;
return dev->ethtool_ops->set_ringparam(dev, &ringparam);
}
net: ethtool support to configure number of channels Ethtool support to configure RX, TX and other channels. combined field in struct ethtool_channels to reflect set of channel (RX, TX or other). Other channel can be link interrupts, SR-IOV coordination etc. ETHTOOL_GCHANNELS will report max and current number of RX channels, max and current number of TX channels, max and current number of other channel or max and current number of combined channel. Number of channel can be modify upto max number of channel through ETHTOOL_SCHANNELS command. Ben Hutchings: o define 'combined' and 'other' types. Most multiqueue drivers pair up RX and TX queues so that most channels combine RX and TX work. o Please could you use a kernel-doc comment to describe the structure. Signed-off-by: Amit Kumar Salecha <amit.salecha@qlogic.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-07 03:58:42 +02:00
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_get_channels(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_channels channels = { .cmd = ETHTOOL_GCHANNELS };
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_channels)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
dev->ethtool_ops->get_channels(dev, &channels);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &channels, sizeof(channels)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_set_channels(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
ethtool: ensure channel counts are within bounds during SCHANNELS Add a sanity check to ensure that all requested channel sizes are within bounds, which should reduce errors in driver implementation. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-09 01:05:04 +01:00
struct ethtool_channels channels, max;
ethtool: correctly ensure {GS}CHANNELS doesn't conflict with GS{RXFH} Ethernet drivers implementing both {GS}RXFH and {GS}CHANNELS ethtool ops incorrectly allow SCHANNELS when it would conflict with the settings from SRXFH. This occurs because it is not possible for drivers to understand whether their Rx flow indirection table has been configured or is in the default state. In addition, drivers currently behave in various ways when increasing the number of Rx channels. Some drivers will always destroy the Rx flow indirection table when this occurs, whether it has been set by the user or not. Other drivers will attempt to preserve the table even if the user has never modified it from the default driver settings. Neither of these situation is desirable because it leads to unexpected behavior or loss of user configuration. The correct behavior is to simply return -EINVAL when SCHANNELS would conflict with the current Rx flow table settings. However, it should only do so if the current settings were modified by the user. If we required that the new settings never conflict with the current (default) Rx flow settings, we would force users to first reduce their Rx flow settings and then reduce the number of Rx channels. This patch proposes a solution implemented in net/core/ethtool.c which ensures that all drivers behave correctly. It checks whether the RXFH table has been configured to non-default settings, and stores this information in a private netdev flag. When the number of channels is requested to change, it first ensures that the current Rx flow table is not going to assign flows to now disabled channels. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-09 01:05:03 +01:00
u32 max_rx_in_use = 0;
net: ethtool support to configure number of channels Ethtool support to configure RX, TX and other channels. combined field in struct ethtool_channels to reflect set of channel (RX, TX or other). Other channel can be link interrupts, SR-IOV coordination etc. ETHTOOL_GCHANNELS will report max and current number of RX channels, max and current number of TX channels, max and current number of other channel or max and current number of combined channel. Number of channel can be modify upto max number of channel through ETHTOOL_SCHANNELS command. Ben Hutchings: o define 'combined' and 'other' types. Most multiqueue drivers pair up RX and TX queues so that most channels combine RX and TX work. o Please could you use a kernel-doc comment to describe the structure. Signed-off-by: Amit Kumar Salecha <amit.salecha@qlogic.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-07 03:58:42 +02:00
ethtool: ensure channel counts are within bounds during SCHANNELS Add a sanity check to ensure that all requested channel sizes are within bounds, which should reduce errors in driver implementation. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-09 01:05:04 +01:00
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->set_channels || !dev->ethtool_ops->get_channels)
net: ethtool support to configure number of channels Ethtool support to configure RX, TX and other channels. combined field in struct ethtool_channels to reflect set of channel (RX, TX or other). Other channel can be link interrupts, SR-IOV coordination etc. ETHTOOL_GCHANNELS will report max and current number of RX channels, max and current number of TX channels, max and current number of other channel or max and current number of combined channel. Number of channel can be modify upto max number of channel through ETHTOOL_SCHANNELS command. Ben Hutchings: o define 'combined' and 'other' types. Most multiqueue drivers pair up RX and TX queues so that most channels combine RX and TX work. o Please could you use a kernel-doc comment to describe the structure. Signed-off-by: Amit Kumar Salecha <amit.salecha@qlogic.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-07 03:58:42 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&channels, useraddr, sizeof(channels)))
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: ensure channel counts are within bounds during SCHANNELS Add a sanity check to ensure that all requested channel sizes are within bounds, which should reduce errors in driver implementation. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-09 01:05:04 +01:00
dev->ethtool_ops->get_channels(dev, &max);
/* ensure new counts are within the maximums */
if ((channels.rx_count > max.max_rx) ||
(channels.tx_count > max.max_tx) ||
(channels.combined_count > max.max_combined) ||
(channels.other_count > max.max_other))
return -EINVAL;
ethtool: correctly ensure {GS}CHANNELS doesn't conflict with GS{RXFH} Ethernet drivers implementing both {GS}RXFH and {GS}CHANNELS ethtool ops incorrectly allow SCHANNELS when it would conflict with the settings from SRXFH. This occurs because it is not possible for drivers to understand whether their Rx flow indirection table has been configured or is in the default state. In addition, drivers currently behave in various ways when increasing the number of Rx channels. Some drivers will always destroy the Rx flow indirection table when this occurs, whether it has been set by the user or not. Other drivers will attempt to preserve the table even if the user has never modified it from the default driver settings. Neither of these situation is desirable because it leads to unexpected behavior or loss of user configuration. The correct behavior is to simply return -EINVAL when SCHANNELS would conflict with the current Rx flow table settings. However, it should only do so if the current settings were modified by the user. If we required that the new settings never conflict with the current (default) Rx flow settings, we would force users to first reduce their Rx flow settings and then reduce the number of Rx channels. This patch proposes a solution implemented in net/core/ethtool.c which ensures that all drivers behave correctly. It checks whether the RXFH table has been configured to non-default settings, and stores this information in a private netdev flag. When the number of channels is requested to change, it first ensures that the current Rx flow table is not going to assign flows to now disabled channels. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-09 01:05:03 +01:00
/* ensure the new Rx count fits within the configured Rx flow
* indirection table settings */
if (netif_is_rxfh_configured(dev) &&
!ethtool_get_max_rxfh_channel(dev, &max_rx_in_use) &&
(channels.combined_count + channels.rx_count) <= max_rx_in_use)
return -EINVAL;
net: ethtool support to configure number of channels Ethtool support to configure RX, TX and other channels. combined field in struct ethtool_channels to reflect set of channel (RX, TX or other). Other channel can be link interrupts, SR-IOV coordination etc. ETHTOOL_GCHANNELS will report max and current number of RX channels, max and current number of TX channels, max and current number of other channel or max and current number of combined channel. Number of channel can be modify upto max number of channel through ETHTOOL_SCHANNELS command. Ben Hutchings: o define 'combined' and 'other' types. Most multiqueue drivers pair up RX and TX queues so that most channels combine RX and TX work. o Please could you use a kernel-doc comment to describe the structure. Signed-off-by: Amit Kumar Salecha <amit.salecha@qlogic.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-07 03:58:42 +02:00
return dev->ethtool_ops->set_channels(dev, &channels);
}
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
static int ethtool_get_pauseparam(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_pauseparam pauseparam = { ETHTOOL_GPAUSEPARAM };
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_pauseparam)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
dev->ethtool_ops->get_pauseparam(dev, &pauseparam);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &pauseparam, sizeof(pauseparam)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
static int ethtool_set_pauseparam(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_pauseparam pauseparam;
[NET] ethtool: fix oops by testing correct struct member Noticed by Willy Tarreau. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
2006-07-17 18:54:40 +02:00
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->set_pauseparam)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&pauseparam, useraddr, sizeof(pauseparam)))
return -EFAULT;
return dev->ethtool_ops->set_pauseparam(dev, &pauseparam);
}
static int ethtool_self_test(struct net_device *dev, char __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_test test;
[PATCH] ethtool: allow const ethtool_ops The ethtool_ops structure is immutable, it expected to be setup by the driver and is never changed. This patch allows drivers to declare there ethtool_ops structure read-only. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
2006-09-08 20:16:13 +02:00
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
u64 *data;
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce get_sset_count. Obsolete get_stats_count, self_test_count Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:08 +02:00
int ret, test_len;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
ethtool: Remove support for obsolete string query operations The in-tree implementations have all been converted to get_sset_count(). Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-01 13:33:03 +02:00
if (!ops->self_test || !ops->get_sset_count)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ethtool: Remove support for obsolete string query operations The in-tree implementations have all been converted to get_sset_count(). Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-01 13:33:03 +02:00
test_len = ops->get_sset_count(dev, ETH_SS_TEST);
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce get_sset_count. Obsolete get_stats_count, self_test_count Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:08 +02:00
if (test_len < 0)
return test_len;
WARN_ON(test_len == 0);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (copy_from_user(&test, useraddr, sizeof(test)))
return -EFAULT;
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce get_sset_count. Obsolete get_stats_count, self_test_count Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:08 +02:00
test.len = test_len;
data = kmalloc(test_len * sizeof(u64), GFP_USER);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (!data)
return -ENOMEM;
ops->self_test(dev, &test, data);
ret = -EFAULT;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &test, sizeof(test)))
goto out;
useraddr += sizeof(test);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, data, test.len * sizeof(u64)))
goto out;
ret = 0;
out:
kfree(data);
return ret;
}
static int ethtool_get_strings(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_gstrings gstrings;
u8 *data;
int ret;
if (copy_from_user(&gstrings, useraddr, sizeof(gstrings)))
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: factorize ethtool_get_strings() and ethtool_get_sset_count() This is needed for unified offloads patch. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:16 +01:00
ret = __ethtool_get_sset_count(dev, gstrings.string_set);
ethtool: Remove support for obsolete string query operations The in-tree implementations have all been converted to get_sset_count(). Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-01 13:33:03 +02:00
if (ret < 0)
return ret;
gstrings.len = ret;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
ethtool: Use kcalloc instead of kmalloc for ethtool_get_strings It seems that kernel memory can leak into userspace by a kmalloc, ethtool_get_strings, then copy_to_user sequence. Avoid this by using kcalloc to zero fill the copied buffer. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-14 10:09:40 +02:00
data = kcalloc(gstrings.len, ETH_GSTRING_LEN, GFP_USER);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (!data)
return -ENOMEM;
ethtool: factorize ethtool_get_strings() and ethtool_get_sset_count() This is needed for unified offloads patch. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:16 +01:00
__ethtool_get_strings(dev, gstrings.string_set, data);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
ret = -EFAULT;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &gstrings, sizeof(gstrings)))
goto out;
useraddr += sizeof(gstrings);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, data, gstrings.len * ETH_GSTRING_LEN))
goto out;
ret = 0;
ethtool: factorize ethtool_get_strings() and ethtool_get_sset_count() This is needed for unified offloads patch. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:16 +01:00
out:
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
kfree(data);
return ret;
}
static int ethtool_phys_id(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_value id;
ethtool: Change ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID implementation to allow dropping RTNL The ethtool ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID command runs for an arbitrarily long period of time, holding the RTNL lock. This blocks routing updates, device enumeration, and various important operations that one might want to keep running while hunting for the flashing LED. We need to drop the RTNL lock during this operation, but currently the core implementation is a thin wrapper around a driver operation and drivers may well depend upon holding the lock. Define a new driver operation 'set_phys_id' with an argument that sets the ID indicator on/off/inactive/active (the last optional, for any driver or firmware that prefers to handle blinking asynchronously). When this is defined, the ethtool core drops the lock while waiting and only acquires it around calls to this operation. Deprecate the 'phys_id' operation in favour of this. It can be removed once all in-tree drivers are converted. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2011-04-02 01:35:15 +02:00
static bool busy;
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
ethtool: Change ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID implementation to allow dropping RTNL The ethtool ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID command runs for an arbitrarily long period of time, holding the RTNL lock. This blocks routing updates, device enumeration, and various important operations that one might want to keep running while hunting for the flashing LED. We need to drop the RTNL lock during this operation, but currently the core implementation is a thin wrapper around a driver operation and drivers may well depend upon holding the lock. Define a new driver operation 'set_phys_id' with an argument that sets the ID indicator on/off/inactive/active (the last optional, for any driver or firmware that prefers to handle blinking asynchronously). When this is defined, the ethtool core drops the lock while waiting and only acquires it around calls to this operation. Deprecate the 'phys_id' operation in favour of this. It can be removed once all in-tree drivers are converted. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2011-04-02 01:35:15 +02:00
int rc;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
if (!ops->set_phys_id)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ethtool: Change ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID implementation to allow dropping RTNL The ethtool ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID command runs for an arbitrarily long period of time, holding the RTNL lock. This blocks routing updates, device enumeration, and various important operations that one might want to keep running while hunting for the flashing LED. We need to drop the RTNL lock during this operation, but currently the core implementation is a thin wrapper around a driver operation and drivers may well depend upon holding the lock. Define a new driver operation 'set_phys_id' with an argument that sets the ID indicator on/off/inactive/active (the last optional, for any driver or firmware that prefers to handle blinking asynchronously). When this is defined, the ethtool core drops the lock while waiting and only acquires it around calls to this operation. Deprecate the 'phys_id' operation in favour of this. It can be removed once all in-tree drivers are converted. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2011-04-02 01:35:15 +02:00
if (busy)
return -EBUSY;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (copy_from_user(&id, useraddr, sizeof(id)))
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
rc = ops->set_phys_id(dev, ETHTOOL_ID_ACTIVE);
ethtool: allow custom interval for physical identification When physical identification of an adapter is done by toggling the mechanism on and off through software utilizing the set_phys_id operation, it is done with a fixed duration for both on and off states. Some drivers may want to set a custom duration for the on/off intervals. This patch changes the API so the return code from the driver's entry point when it is called with ETHTOOL_ID_ACTIVE can specify the frequency at which to cycle the on/off states, and updates the drivers that have already been converted to use the new set_phys_id and use the synchronous method for identifying an adapter. The physical identification frequency set in the updated drivers is based on how it was done prior to the introduction of set_phys_id. Compile tested only. Also fixes a compiler warning in sfc. v2: drivers do not return -EINVAL for ETHOOL_ID_ACTIVE v3: fold patchset into single patch and cleanup per Ben's feedback Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com> Cc: Divy Le Ray <divy@chelsio.com> Cc: Don Fry <pcnet32@frontier.com> Cc: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Steve Hodgson <shodgson@solarflare.com> Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-13 15:09:10 +02:00
if (rc < 0)
ethtool: Change ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID implementation to allow dropping RTNL The ethtool ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID command runs for an arbitrarily long period of time, holding the RTNL lock. This blocks routing updates, device enumeration, and various important operations that one might want to keep running while hunting for the flashing LED. We need to drop the RTNL lock during this operation, but currently the core implementation is a thin wrapper around a driver operation and drivers may well depend upon holding the lock. Define a new driver operation 'set_phys_id' with an argument that sets the ID indicator on/off/inactive/active (the last optional, for any driver or firmware that prefers to handle blinking asynchronously). When this is defined, the ethtool core drops the lock while waiting and only acquires it around calls to this operation. Deprecate the 'phys_id' operation in favour of this. It can be removed once all in-tree drivers are converted. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2011-04-02 01:35:15 +02:00
return rc;
/* Drop the RTNL lock while waiting, but prevent reentry or
* removal of the device.
*/
busy = true;
dev_hold(dev);
rtnl_unlock();
if (rc == 0) {
/* Driver will handle this itself */
schedule_timeout_interruptible(
ethtool: time to blink provided in seconds not jiffies When blinking for a duration set by the user, the value specified is in seconds but it is used as the number of jiffies in the timeout after which the Physical ID indicator is deactivated. Fix by converting the timeout to seconds. Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-11 15:01:59 +02:00
id.data ? (id.data * HZ) : MAX_SCHEDULE_TIMEOUT);
ethtool: Change ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID implementation to allow dropping RTNL The ethtool ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID command runs for an arbitrarily long period of time, holding the RTNL lock. This blocks routing updates, device enumeration, and various important operations that one might want to keep running while hunting for the flashing LED. We need to drop the RTNL lock during this operation, but currently the core implementation is a thin wrapper around a driver operation and drivers may well depend upon holding the lock. Define a new driver operation 'set_phys_id' with an argument that sets the ID indicator on/off/inactive/active (the last optional, for any driver or firmware that prefers to handle blinking asynchronously). When this is defined, the ethtool core drops the lock while waiting and only acquires it around calls to this operation. Deprecate the 'phys_id' operation in favour of this. It can be removed once all in-tree drivers are converted. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2011-04-02 01:35:15 +02:00
} else {
ethtool: allow custom interval for physical identification When physical identification of an adapter is done by toggling the mechanism on and off through software utilizing the set_phys_id operation, it is done with a fixed duration for both on and off states. Some drivers may want to set a custom duration for the on/off intervals. This patch changes the API so the return code from the driver's entry point when it is called with ETHTOOL_ID_ACTIVE can specify the frequency at which to cycle the on/off states, and updates the drivers that have already been converted to use the new set_phys_id and use the synchronous method for identifying an adapter. The physical identification frequency set in the updated drivers is based on how it was done prior to the introduction of set_phys_id. Compile tested only. Also fixes a compiler warning in sfc. v2: drivers do not return -EINVAL for ETHOOL_ID_ACTIVE v3: fold patchset into single patch and cleanup per Ben's feedback Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com> Cc: Divy Le Ray <divy@chelsio.com> Cc: Don Fry <pcnet32@frontier.com> Cc: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Steve Hodgson <shodgson@solarflare.com> Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-13 15:09:10 +02:00
/* Driver expects to be called at twice the frequency in rc */
int n = rc * 2, i, interval = HZ / n;
/* Count down seconds */
ethtool: Change ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID implementation to allow dropping RTNL The ethtool ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID command runs for an arbitrarily long period of time, holding the RTNL lock. This blocks routing updates, device enumeration, and various important operations that one might want to keep running while hunting for the flashing LED. We need to drop the RTNL lock during this operation, but currently the core implementation is a thin wrapper around a driver operation and drivers may well depend upon holding the lock. Define a new driver operation 'set_phys_id' with an argument that sets the ID indicator on/off/inactive/active (the last optional, for any driver or firmware that prefers to handle blinking asynchronously). When this is defined, the ethtool core drops the lock while waiting and only acquires it around calls to this operation. Deprecate the 'phys_id' operation in favour of this. It can be removed once all in-tree drivers are converted. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2011-04-02 01:35:15 +02:00
do {
ethtool: allow custom interval for physical identification When physical identification of an adapter is done by toggling the mechanism on and off through software utilizing the set_phys_id operation, it is done with a fixed duration for both on and off states. Some drivers may want to set a custom duration for the on/off intervals. This patch changes the API so the return code from the driver's entry point when it is called with ETHTOOL_ID_ACTIVE can specify the frequency at which to cycle the on/off states, and updates the drivers that have already been converted to use the new set_phys_id and use the synchronous method for identifying an adapter. The physical identification frequency set in the updated drivers is based on how it was done prior to the introduction of set_phys_id. Compile tested only. Also fixes a compiler warning in sfc. v2: drivers do not return -EINVAL for ETHOOL_ID_ACTIVE v3: fold patchset into single patch and cleanup per Ben's feedback Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com> Cc: Divy Le Ray <divy@chelsio.com> Cc: Don Fry <pcnet32@frontier.com> Cc: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Steve Hodgson <shodgson@solarflare.com> Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-13 15:09:10 +02:00
/* Count down iterations per second */
i = n;
do {
rtnl_lock();
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
rc = ops->set_phys_id(dev,
ethtool: allow custom interval for physical identification When physical identification of an adapter is done by toggling the mechanism on and off through software utilizing the set_phys_id operation, it is done with a fixed duration for both on and off states. Some drivers may want to set a custom duration for the on/off intervals. This patch changes the API so the return code from the driver's entry point when it is called with ETHTOOL_ID_ACTIVE can specify the frequency at which to cycle the on/off states, and updates the drivers that have already been converted to use the new set_phys_id and use the synchronous method for identifying an adapter. The physical identification frequency set in the updated drivers is based on how it was done prior to the introduction of set_phys_id. Compile tested only. Also fixes a compiler warning in sfc. v2: drivers do not return -EINVAL for ETHOOL_ID_ACTIVE v3: fold patchset into single patch and cleanup per Ben's feedback Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com> Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com> Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com> Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com> Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com> Cc: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com> Cc: Divy Le Ray <divy@chelsio.com> Cc: Don Fry <pcnet32@frontier.com> Cc: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us> Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com> Cc: Steve Hodgson <shodgson@solarflare.com> Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-13 15:09:10 +02:00
(i & 1) ? ETHTOOL_ID_OFF : ETHTOOL_ID_ON);
rtnl_unlock();
if (rc)
break;
schedule_timeout_interruptible(interval);
} while (!signal_pending(current) && --i != 0);
ethtool: Change ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID implementation to allow dropping RTNL The ethtool ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID command runs for an arbitrarily long period of time, holding the RTNL lock. This blocks routing updates, device enumeration, and various important operations that one might want to keep running while hunting for the flashing LED. We need to drop the RTNL lock during this operation, but currently the core implementation is a thin wrapper around a driver operation and drivers may well depend upon holding the lock. Define a new driver operation 'set_phys_id' with an argument that sets the ID indicator on/off/inactive/active (the last optional, for any driver or firmware that prefers to handle blinking asynchronously). When this is defined, the ethtool core drops the lock while waiting and only acquires it around calls to this operation. Deprecate the 'phys_id' operation in favour of this. It can be removed once all in-tree drivers are converted. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2011-04-02 01:35:15 +02:00
} while (!signal_pending(current) &&
(id.data == 0 || --id.data != 0));
}
rtnl_lock();
dev_put(dev);
busy = false;
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
(void) ops->set_phys_id(dev, ETHTOOL_ID_INACTIVE);
ethtool: Change ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID implementation to allow dropping RTNL The ethtool ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID command runs for an arbitrarily long period of time, holding the RTNL lock. This blocks routing updates, device enumeration, and various important operations that one might want to keep running while hunting for the flashing LED. We need to drop the RTNL lock during this operation, but currently the core implementation is a thin wrapper around a driver operation and drivers may well depend upon holding the lock. Define a new driver operation 'set_phys_id' with an argument that sets the ID indicator on/off/inactive/active (the last optional, for any driver or firmware that prefers to handle blinking asynchronously). When this is defined, the ethtool core drops the lock while waiting and only acquires it around calls to this operation. Deprecate the 'phys_id' operation in favour of this. It can be removed once all in-tree drivers are converted. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2011-04-02 01:35:15 +02:00
return rc;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
}
static int ethtool_get_stats(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_stats stats;
[PATCH] ethtool: allow const ethtool_ops The ethtool_ops structure is immutable, it expected to be setup by the driver and is never changed. This patch allows drivers to declare there ethtool_ops structure read-only. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
2006-09-08 20:16:13 +02:00
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
u64 *data;
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce get_sset_count. Obsolete get_stats_count, self_test_count Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:08 +02:00
int ret, n_stats;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
ethtool: Remove support for obsolete string query operations The in-tree implementations have all been converted to get_sset_count(). Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-01 13:33:03 +02:00
if (!ops->get_ethtool_stats || !ops->get_sset_count)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ethtool: Remove support for obsolete string query operations The in-tree implementations have all been converted to get_sset_count(). Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-01 13:33:03 +02:00
n_stats = ops->get_sset_count(dev, ETH_SS_STATS);
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce get_sset_count. Obsolete get_stats_count, self_test_count Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:08 +02:00
if (n_stats < 0)
return n_stats;
WARN_ON(n_stats == 0);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (copy_from_user(&stats, useraddr, sizeof(stats)))
return -EFAULT;
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce get_sset_count. Obsolete get_stats_count, self_test_count Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:08 +02:00
stats.n_stats = n_stats;
data = kmalloc(n_stats * sizeof(u64), GFP_USER);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (!data)
return -ENOMEM;
ops->get_ethtool_stats(dev, &stats, data);
ret = -EFAULT;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &stats, sizeof(stats)))
goto out;
useraddr += sizeof(stats);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, data, stats.n_stats * sizeof(u64)))
goto out;
ret = 0;
out:
kfree(data);
return ret;
}
ethtool: Add phy statistics Ethernet PHYs can maintain statistics, for example errors while idle and receive errors. Add an ethtool mechanism to retrieve these statistics, using the same model as MAC statistics. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-30 16:28:25 +01:00
static int ethtool_get_phy_stats(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_stats stats;
struct phy_device *phydev = dev->phydev;
u64 *data;
int ret, n_stats;
if (!phydev)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
n_stats = phy_get_sset_count(phydev);
if (n_stats < 0)
return n_stats;
WARN_ON(n_stats == 0);
if (copy_from_user(&stats, useraddr, sizeof(stats)))
return -EFAULT;
stats.n_stats = n_stats;
data = kmalloc_array(n_stats, sizeof(u64), GFP_USER);
if (!data)
return -ENOMEM;
mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
phydev->drv->get_stats(phydev, &stats, data);
mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
ret = -EFAULT;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &stats, sizeof(stats)))
goto out;
useraddr += sizeof(stats);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, data, stats.n_stats * sizeof(u64)))
goto out;
ret = 0;
out:
kfree(data);
return ret;
}
[PATCH] (7/7) __user annotations (ethtool) Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
2005-09-05 04:26:18 +02:00
static int ethtool_get_perm_addr(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
[NET]: Add support for getting the permanent hardware address. This patch adds a new field to net device to hold the permanent hardware address, and adds a new generic ethtool_op function to get that address. Signed-off-by: Jon Wetzel <jon_wetzel@dell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-08-21 02:15:54 +02:00
{
struct ethtool_perm_addr epaddr;
[NET]: ethtool_perm_addr only has one implementation All drivers implement ethtool get_perm_addr the same way -- by calling the generic function. So we can inline the generic function into the caller and avoid going through the drivers. Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-31 23:00:29 +02:00
if (copy_from_user(&epaddr, useraddr, sizeof(epaddr)))
[NET]: Add support for getting the permanent hardware address. This patch adds a new field to net device to hold the permanent hardware address, and adds a new generic ethtool_op function to get that address. Signed-off-by: Jon Wetzel <jon_wetzel@dell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-08-21 02:15:54 +02:00
return -EFAULT;
[NET]: ethtool_perm_addr only has one implementation All drivers implement ethtool get_perm_addr the same way -- by calling the generic function. So we can inline the generic function into the caller and avoid going through the drivers. Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-31 23:00:29 +02:00
if (epaddr.size < dev->addr_len)
return -ETOOSMALL;
epaddr.size = dev->addr_len;
[NET]: Add support for getting the permanent hardware address. This patch adds a new field to net device to hold the permanent hardware address, and adds a new generic ethtool_op function to get that address. Signed-off-by: Jon Wetzel <jon_wetzel@dell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-08-21 02:15:54 +02:00
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &epaddr, sizeof(epaddr)))
[NET]: ethtool_perm_addr only has one implementation All drivers implement ethtool get_perm_addr the same way -- by calling the generic function. So we can inline the generic function into the caller and avoid going through the drivers. Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-31 23:00:29 +02:00
return -EFAULT;
[NET]: Add support for getting the permanent hardware address. This patch adds a new field to net device to hold the permanent hardware address, and adds a new generic ethtool_op function to get that address. Signed-off-by: Jon Wetzel <jon_wetzel@dell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-08-21 02:15:54 +02:00
useraddr += sizeof(epaddr);
[NET]: ethtool_perm_addr only has one implementation All drivers implement ethtool get_perm_addr the same way -- by calling the generic function. So we can inline the generic function into the caller and avoid going through the drivers. Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-31 23:00:29 +02:00
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, dev->perm_addr, epaddr.size))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
[NET]: Add support for getting the permanent hardware address. This patch adds a new field to net device to hold the permanent hardware address, and adds a new generic ethtool_op function to get that address. Signed-off-by: Jon Wetzel <jon_wetzel@dell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-08-21 02:15:54 +02:00
}
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
static int ethtool_get_value(struct net_device *dev, char __user *useraddr,
u32 cmd, u32 (*actor)(struct net_device *))
[ETHTOOL]: Add ETHTOOL_[GS]FLAGS sub-ioctls Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:00:51 +02:00
{
ethtool: Use explicit designated initializers for .cmd Initialize the .cmd member of various ethtool using a designated struct initializer rather. This makes things a teeny bit more robust, although the chance of a struct layout changing is extremely remote, and also makes the code a little easier to read. Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-11 21:14:23 +01:00
struct ethtool_value edata = { .cmd = cmd };
[ETHTOOL]: Add ETHTOOL_[GS]FLAGS sub-ioctls Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:00:51 +02:00
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
if (!actor)
[ETHTOOL]: Add ETHTOOL_[GS]FLAGS sub-ioctls Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:00:51 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
edata.data = actor(dev);
[ETHTOOL]: Add ETHTOOL_[GS]FLAGS sub-ioctls Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:00:51 +02:00
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &edata, sizeof(edata)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
static int ethtool_set_value_void(struct net_device *dev, char __user *useraddr,
void (*actor)(struct net_device *, u32))
[ETHTOOL]: Add ETHTOOL_[GS]FLAGS sub-ioctls Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:00:51 +02:00
{
struct ethtool_value edata;
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
if (!actor)
[ETHTOOL]: Add ETHTOOL_[GS]FLAGS sub-ioctls Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:00:51 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&edata, useraddr, sizeof(edata)))
return -EFAULT;
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
actor(dev, edata.data);
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce ->{get,set}_priv_flags, ETHTOOL_[GS]PFLAGS Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:32 +02:00
return 0;
}
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
static int ethtool_set_value(struct net_device *dev, char __user *useraddr,
int (*actor)(struct net_device *, u32))
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce ->{get,set}_priv_flags, ETHTOOL_[GS]PFLAGS Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:32 +02:00
{
struct ethtool_value edata;
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
if (!actor)
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce ->{get,set}_priv_flags, ETHTOOL_[GS]PFLAGS Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:32 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&edata, useraddr, sizeof(edata)))
return -EFAULT;
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
return actor(dev, edata.data);
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce ->{get,set}_priv_flags, ETHTOOL_[GS]PFLAGS Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:32 +02:00
}
net: fix ethtool coding style errors and warnings Fix coding style errors and warnings output while running checkpatch.pl on the files net/core/ethtool.c and include/linux/ethtool.h Signed-off-by: chavey <chavey@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 06:54:42 +02:00
static noinline_for_stack int ethtool_flash_device(struct net_device *dev,
char __user *useraddr)
net/ethtool: Add support for the ethtool feature to flash firmware image from a specified file. This patch adds support to flash a firmware image to a device using ethtool. The driver gets the filename of the firmware image and flashes the image using the request firmware path. The region "on the chip" to be flashed can be specified by an option. It is upto the device driver to enumerate the region number passed by ethtool, to the region to be flashed. The default behavior is to flash all the regions on the chip. Signed-off-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajitk@serverengines.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-09-02 19:02:55 +02:00
{
struct ethtool_flash efl;
if (copy_from_user(&efl, useraddr, sizeof(efl)))
return -EFAULT;
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->flash_device)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ethtool: Null-terminate filename passed to ethtool_ops::flash_device The parameters for ETHTOOL_FLASHDEV include a filename, which ought to be null-terminated. Currently the only driver that implements ethtool_ops::flash_device attempts to add a null terminator if necessary, but does it wrongly. Do it in the ethtool core instead. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-01 10:32:25 +01:00
efl.data[ETHTOOL_FLASH_MAX_FILENAME - 1] = 0;
net/ethtool: Add support for the ethtool feature to flash firmware image from a specified file. This patch adds support to flash a firmware image to a device using ethtool. The driver gets the filename of the firmware image and flashes the image using the request firmware path. The region "on the chip" to be flashed can be specified by an option. It is upto the device driver to enumerate the region number passed by ethtool, to the region to be flashed. The default behavior is to flash all the regions on the chip. Signed-off-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajitk@serverengines.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-09-02 19:02:55 +02:00
return dev->ethtool_ops->flash_device(dev, &efl);
}
ethtool: Added support for FW dump Added code to take FW dump via ethtool. Dump level can be controlled via setting the dump flag. A get function is provided to query the current setting of the dump flag. Dump data is obtained from the driver via a separate get function. Changes from v3: Fixed buffer length issue in ethtool_get_dump_data function. Updated kernel doc for ethtool_dump struct and get_dump_flag function. Changes from v2: Provided separate commands for get flag and data. Check for minimum of the two buffer length obtained via ethtool and driver and use that for dump buffer Pass up the driver return error codes up to the caller. Added kernel doc comments. Signed-off-by: Anirban Chakraborty <anirban.chakraborty@qlogic.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-12 14:48:32 +02:00
static int ethtool_set_dump(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_dump dump;
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->set_dump)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&dump, useraddr, sizeof(dump)))
return -EFAULT;
return dev->ethtool_ops->set_dump(dev, &dump);
}
static int ethtool_get_dump_flag(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
int ret;
struct ethtool_dump dump;
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
if (!ops->get_dump_flag)
ethtool: Added support for FW dump Added code to take FW dump via ethtool. Dump level can be controlled via setting the dump flag. A get function is provided to query the current setting of the dump flag. Dump data is obtained from the driver via a separate get function. Changes from v3: Fixed buffer length issue in ethtool_get_dump_data function. Updated kernel doc for ethtool_dump struct and get_dump_flag function. Changes from v2: Provided separate commands for get flag and data. Check for minimum of the two buffer length obtained via ethtool and driver and use that for dump buffer Pass up the driver return error codes up to the caller. Added kernel doc comments. Signed-off-by: Anirban Chakraborty <anirban.chakraborty@qlogic.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-12 14:48:32 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&dump, useraddr, sizeof(dump)))
return -EFAULT;
ret = ops->get_dump_flag(dev, &dump);
if (ret)
return ret;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &dump, sizeof(dump)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
static int ethtool_get_dump_data(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
int ret;
__u32 len;
struct ethtool_dump dump, tmp;
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
void *data = NULL;
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
if (!ops->get_dump_data || !ops->get_dump_flag)
ethtool: Added support for FW dump Added code to take FW dump via ethtool. Dump level can be controlled via setting the dump flag. A get function is provided to query the current setting of the dump flag. Dump data is obtained from the driver via a separate get function. Changes from v3: Fixed buffer length issue in ethtool_get_dump_data function. Updated kernel doc for ethtool_dump struct and get_dump_flag function. Changes from v2: Provided separate commands for get flag and data. Check for minimum of the two buffer length obtained via ethtool and driver and use that for dump buffer Pass up the driver return error codes up to the caller. Added kernel doc comments. Signed-off-by: Anirban Chakraborty <anirban.chakraborty@qlogic.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-12 14:48:32 +02:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&dump, useraddr, sizeof(dump)))
return -EFAULT;
memset(&tmp, 0, sizeof(tmp));
tmp.cmd = ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_FLAG;
ret = ops->get_dump_flag(dev, &tmp);
if (ret)
return ret;
ethtool: make .get_dump_data() harder to misuse by drivers As the patch "bnx2x: remove zeroing of dump data buffer" showed, it is too easy implement .get_dump_data incorrectly in a driver. Let's make sure drivers cannot get confused by userspace requesting a too big dump. Also WARN if the driver sets dump->len to something weird and make sure the length reported to userspace is the actual length of data copied to userspace. Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-01 17:23:30 +02:00
len = min(tmp.len, dump.len);
ethtool: Added support for FW dump Added code to take FW dump via ethtool. Dump level can be controlled via setting the dump flag. A get function is provided to query the current setting of the dump flag. Dump data is obtained from the driver via a separate get function. Changes from v3: Fixed buffer length issue in ethtool_get_dump_data function. Updated kernel doc for ethtool_dump struct and get_dump_flag function. Changes from v2: Provided separate commands for get flag and data. Check for minimum of the two buffer length obtained via ethtool and driver and use that for dump buffer Pass up the driver return error codes up to the caller. Added kernel doc comments. Signed-off-by: Anirban Chakraborty <anirban.chakraborty@qlogic.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-12 14:48:32 +02:00
if (!len)
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: make .get_dump_data() harder to misuse by drivers As the patch "bnx2x: remove zeroing of dump data buffer" showed, it is too easy implement .get_dump_data incorrectly in a driver. Let's make sure drivers cannot get confused by userspace requesting a too big dump. Also WARN if the driver sets dump->len to something weird and make sure the length reported to userspace is the actual length of data copied to userspace. Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-01 17:23:30 +02:00
/* Don't ever let the driver think there's more space available
* than it requested with .get_dump_flag().
*/
dump.len = len;
/* Always allocate enough space to hold the whole thing so that the
* driver does not need to check the length and bother with partial
* dumping.
*/
ethtool: Added support for FW dump Added code to take FW dump via ethtool. Dump level can be controlled via setting the dump flag. A get function is provided to query the current setting of the dump flag. Dump data is obtained from the driver via a separate get function. Changes from v3: Fixed buffer length issue in ethtool_get_dump_data function. Updated kernel doc for ethtool_dump struct and get_dump_flag function. Changes from v2: Provided separate commands for get flag and data. Check for minimum of the two buffer length obtained via ethtool and driver and use that for dump buffer Pass up the driver return error codes up to the caller. Added kernel doc comments. Signed-off-by: Anirban Chakraborty <anirban.chakraborty@qlogic.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-12 14:48:32 +02:00
data = vzalloc(tmp.len);
if (!data)
return -ENOMEM;
ret = ops->get_dump_data(dev, &dump, data);
if (ret)
goto out;
ethtool: make .get_dump_data() harder to misuse by drivers As the patch "bnx2x: remove zeroing of dump data buffer" showed, it is too easy implement .get_dump_data incorrectly in a driver. Let's make sure drivers cannot get confused by userspace requesting a too big dump. Also WARN if the driver sets dump->len to something weird and make sure the length reported to userspace is the actual length of data copied to userspace. Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-01 17:23:30 +02:00
/* There are two sane possibilities:
* 1. The driver's .get_dump_data() does not touch dump.len.
* 2. Or it may set dump.len to how much it really writes, which
* should be tmp.len (or len if it can do a partial dump).
* In any case respond to userspace with the actual length of data
* it's receiving.
*/
WARN_ON(dump.len != len && dump.len != tmp.len);
dump.len = len;
ethtool: Added support for FW dump Added code to take FW dump via ethtool. Dump level can be controlled via setting the dump flag. A get function is provided to query the current setting of the dump flag. Dump data is obtained from the driver via a separate get function. Changes from v3: Fixed buffer length issue in ethtool_get_dump_data function. Updated kernel doc for ethtool_dump struct and get_dump_flag function. Changes from v2: Provided separate commands for get flag and data. Check for minimum of the two buffer length obtained via ethtool and driver and use that for dump buffer Pass up the driver return error codes up to the caller. Added kernel doc comments. Signed-off-by: Anirban Chakraborty <anirban.chakraborty@qlogic.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-12 14:48:32 +02:00
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &dump, sizeof(dump))) {
ret = -EFAULT;
goto out;
}
useraddr += offsetof(struct ethtool_dump, data);
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, data, len))
ret = -EFAULT;
out:
vfree(data);
return ret;
}
ethtool: Introduce a method for getting time stamping capabilities. This commit adds a new ethtool ioctl that exposes the SO_TIMESTAMPING capabilities of a network interface. In addition, user space programs can use this ioctl to discover the PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) device associated with the interface. Since software receive time stamps are handled by the stack, the generic ethtool code can answer the query correctly in case the MAC or PHY drivers lack special time stamping features. Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-04 00:59:17 +02:00
static int ethtool_get_ts_info(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
int err = 0;
struct ethtool_ts_info info;
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
struct phy_device *phydev = dev->phydev;
memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
info.cmd = ETHTOOL_GET_TS_INFO;
if (phydev && phydev->drv && phydev->drv->ts_info) {
err = phydev->drv->ts_info(phydev, &info);
ethtool: consolidate work with ethtool_ops No need to check if ethtool_ops == NULL since it can't be. Use local variable "ops" in functions where it is present instead of dev->ethtool_ops Introduce local variable "ops" in functions where dev->ethtool_ops is used many times. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-07 10:02:08 +01:00
} else if (ops->get_ts_info) {
ethtool: Introduce a method for getting time stamping capabilities. This commit adds a new ethtool ioctl that exposes the SO_TIMESTAMPING capabilities of a network interface. In addition, user space programs can use this ioctl to discover the PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) device associated with the interface. Since software receive time stamps are handled by the stack, the generic ethtool code can answer the query correctly in case the MAC or PHY drivers lack special time stamping features. Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-04 00:59:17 +02:00
err = ops->get_ts_info(dev, &info);
} else {
info.so_timestamping =
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE |
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE;
info.phc_index = -1;
}
if (err)
return err;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &info, sizeof(info)))
err = -EFAULT;
return err;
}
ethtool: Extend ethtool plugin module eeprom API to phylib This patch extends the ethtool plugin module eeprom API to support cards whose phy support is delegated to a separate driver. The handlers for ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO and ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM call the module_info and module_eeprom functions if the phy driver provides them; otherwise the handlers call the equivalent ethtool_ops functions provided by network drivers with built-in phy support. Signed-off-by: Ed Swierk <eswierk@skyportsystems.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-03 02:27:56 +01:00
static int __ethtool_get_module_info(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_modinfo *modinfo)
{
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
struct phy_device *phydev = dev->phydev;
if (phydev && phydev->drv && phydev->drv->module_info)
return phydev->drv->module_info(phydev, modinfo);
if (ops->get_module_info)
return ops->get_module_info(dev, modinfo);
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
ethtool: Extend the ethtool API to obtain plugin module eeprom data ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO returns a new struct ethtool_modinfo that will return the type and size of plug-in module eeprom (such as SFP+) for parsing by userland program. ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM returns the raw eeprom information using the existing ethtool_eeprom structture to return the data Signed-off-by: Stuart Hodgson <smhodgson@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2012-04-19 10:44:42 +02:00
static int ethtool_get_module_info(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
int ret;
struct ethtool_modinfo modinfo;
if (copy_from_user(&modinfo, useraddr, sizeof(modinfo)))
return -EFAULT;
ethtool: Extend ethtool plugin module eeprom API to phylib This patch extends the ethtool plugin module eeprom API to support cards whose phy support is delegated to a separate driver. The handlers for ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO and ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM call the module_info and module_eeprom functions if the phy driver provides them; otherwise the handlers call the equivalent ethtool_ops functions provided by network drivers with built-in phy support. Signed-off-by: Ed Swierk <eswierk@skyportsystems.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-03 02:27:56 +01:00
ret = __ethtool_get_module_info(dev, &modinfo);
ethtool: Extend the ethtool API to obtain plugin module eeprom data ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO returns a new struct ethtool_modinfo that will return the type and size of plug-in module eeprom (such as SFP+) for parsing by userland program. ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM returns the raw eeprom information using the existing ethtool_eeprom structture to return the data Signed-off-by: Stuart Hodgson <smhodgson@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2012-04-19 10:44:42 +02:00
if (ret)
return ret;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &modinfo, sizeof(modinfo)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
ethtool: Extend ethtool plugin module eeprom API to phylib This patch extends the ethtool plugin module eeprom API to support cards whose phy support is delegated to a separate driver. The handlers for ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO and ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM call the module_info and module_eeprom functions if the phy driver provides them; otherwise the handlers call the equivalent ethtool_ops functions provided by network drivers with built-in phy support. Signed-off-by: Ed Swierk <eswierk@skyportsystems.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-03 02:27:56 +01:00
static int __ethtool_get_module_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_eeprom *ee, u8 *data)
{
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
struct phy_device *phydev = dev->phydev;
if (phydev && phydev->drv && phydev->drv->module_eeprom)
return phydev->drv->module_eeprom(phydev, ee, data);
if (ops->get_module_eeprom)
return ops->get_module_eeprom(dev, ee, data);
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
ethtool: Extend the ethtool API to obtain plugin module eeprom data ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO returns a new struct ethtool_modinfo that will return the type and size of plug-in module eeprom (such as SFP+) for parsing by userland program. ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM returns the raw eeprom information using the existing ethtool_eeprom structture to return the data Signed-off-by: Stuart Hodgson <smhodgson@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2012-04-19 10:44:42 +02:00
static int ethtool_get_module_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr)
{
int ret;
struct ethtool_modinfo modinfo;
ethtool: Extend ethtool plugin module eeprom API to phylib This patch extends the ethtool plugin module eeprom API to support cards whose phy support is delegated to a separate driver. The handlers for ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO and ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM call the module_info and module_eeprom functions if the phy driver provides them; otherwise the handlers call the equivalent ethtool_ops functions provided by network drivers with built-in phy support. Signed-off-by: Ed Swierk <eswierk@skyportsystems.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-03 02:27:56 +01:00
ret = __ethtool_get_module_info(dev, &modinfo);
ethtool: Extend the ethtool API to obtain plugin module eeprom data ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO returns a new struct ethtool_modinfo that will return the type and size of plug-in module eeprom (such as SFP+) for parsing by userland program. ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM returns the raw eeprom information using the existing ethtool_eeprom structture to return the data Signed-off-by: Stuart Hodgson <smhodgson@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2012-04-19 10:44:42 +02:00
if (ret)
return ret;
ethtool: Extend ethtool plugin module eeprom API to phylib This patch extends the ethtool plugin module eeprom API to support cards whose phy support is delegated to a separate driver. The handlers for ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO and ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM call the module_info and module_eeprom functions if the phy driver provides them; otherwise the handlers call the equivalent ethtool_ops functions provided by network drivers with built-in phy support. Signed-off-by: Ed Swierk <eswierk@skyportsystems.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-03 02:27:56 +01:00
return ethtool_get_any_eeprom(dev, useraddr,
__ethtool_get_module_eeprom,
ethtool: Extend the ethtool API to obtain plugin module eeprom data ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO returns a new struct ethtool_modinfo that will return the type and size of plug-in module eeprom (such as SFP+) for parsing by userland program. ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM returns the raw eeprom information using the existing ethtool_eeprom structture to return the data Signed-off-by: Stuart Hodgson <smhodgson@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2012-04-19 10:44:42 +02:00
modinfo.eeprom_len);
}
ethtool: Add generic options for tunables This patch adds new ethtool cmd, ETHTOOL_GTUNABLE & ETHTOOL_STUNABLE for getting tunable values from driver. Add get_tunable and set_tunable to ethtool_ops. Driver implements these functions for getting/setting tunable value. Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-02 23:47:20 +02:00
static int ethtool_tunable_valid(const struct ethtool_tunable *tuna)
{
switch (tuna->id) {
case ETHTOOL_RX_COPYBREAK:
ethtool: Ethtool parameter to dynamically change tx_copybreak Use new ethtool [sg]et_tunable() to set tx_copybread (inline threshold) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-05 11:35:21 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_TX_COPYBREAK:
ethtool: Add generic options for tunables This patch adds new ethtool cmd, ETHTOOL_GTUNABLE & ETHTOOL_STUNABLE for getting tunable values from driver. Add get_tunable and set_tunable to ethtool_ops. Driver implements these functions for getting/setting tunable value. Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-02 23:47:20 +02:00
if (tuna->len != sizeof(u32) ||
tuna->type_id != ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_U32)
return -EINVAL;
break;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
return 0;
}
static int ethtool_get_tunable(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
int ret;
struct ethtool_tunable tuna;
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
void *data;
if (!ops->get_tunable)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&tuna, useraddr, sizeof(tuna)))
return -EFAULT;
ret = ethtool_tunable_valid(&tuna);
if (ret)
return ret;
data = kmalloc(tuna.len, GFP_USER);
if (!data)
return -ENOMEM;
ret = ops->get_tunable(dev, &tuna, data);
if (ret)
goto out;
useraddr += sizeof(tuna);
ret = -EFAULT;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, data, tuna.len))
goto out;
ret = 0;
out:
kfree(data);
return ret;
}
static int ethtool_set_tunable(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
int ret;
struct ethtool_tunable tuna;
const struct ethtool_ops *ops = dev->ethtool_ops;
void *data;
if (!ops->set_tunable)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (copy_from_user(&tuna, useraddr, sizeof(tuna)))
return -EFAULT;
ret = ethtool_tunable_valid(&tuna);
if (ret)
return ret;
data = kmalloc(tuna.len, GFP_USER);
if (!data)
return -ENOMEM;
useraddr += sizeof(tuna);
ret = -EFAULT;
if (copy_from_user(data, useraddr, tuna.len))
goto out;
ret = ops->set_tunable(dev, &tuna, data);
out:
kfree(data);
return ret;
}
net/ethtool: support get coalesce per queue This patch implements sub command ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE for ioctl ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE. It introduces an interface get_per_queue_coalesce to get coalesce of each masked queue from device driver. Then the interrupt coalescing parameters will be copied back to user space one by one. Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-19 15:24:02 +01:00
static int ethtool_get_per_queue_coalesce(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr,
struct ethtool_per_queue_op *per_queue_opt)
{
u32 bit;
int ret;
DECLARE_BITMAP(queue_mask, MAX_NUM_QUEUE);
if (!dev->ethtool_ops->get_per_queue_coalesce)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
useraddr += sizeof(*per_queue_opt);
bitmap_from_u32array(queue_mask,
MAX_NUM_QUEUE,
per_queue_opt->queue_mask,
DIV_ROUND_UP(MAX_NUM_QUEUE, 32));
for_each_set_bit(bit, queue_mask, MAX_NUM_QUEUE) {
struct ethtool_coalesce coalesce = { .cmd = ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE };
ret = dev->ethtool_ops->get_per_queue_coalesce(dev, bit, &coalesce);
if (ret != 0)
return ret;
if (copy_to_user(useraddr, &coalesce, sizeof(coalesce)))
return -EFAULT;
useraddr += sizeof(coalesce);
}
return 0;
}
net/ethtool: support set coalesce per queue This patch implements sub command ETHTOOL_SCOALESCE for ioctl ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE. It introduces an interface set_per_queue_coalesce to set coalesce of each masked queue to device driver. The wanted coalesce information are stored in "data" for each masked queue, which can copy from userspace. If it fails to set coalesce to device driver, the value which already set to specific queue will be tried to rollback. Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-19 15:24:03 +01:00
static int ethtool_set_per_queue_coalesce(struct net_device *dev,
void __user *useraddr,
struct ethtool_per_queue_op *per_queue_opt)
{
u32 bit;
int i, ret = 0;
int n_queue;
struct ethtool_coalesce *backup = NULL, *tmp = NULL;
DECLARE_BITMAP(queue_mask, MAX_NUM_QUEUE);
if ((!dev->ethtool_ops->set_per_queue_coalesce) ||
(!dev->ethtool_ops->get_per_queue_coalesce))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
useraddr += sizeof(*per_queue_opt);
bitmap_from_u32array(queue_mask,
MAX_NUM_QUEUE,
per_queue_opt->queue_mask,
DIV_ROUND_UP(MAX_NUM_QUEUE, 32));
n_queue = bitmap_weight(queue_mask, MAX_NUM_QUEUE);
tmp = backup = kmalloc_array(n_queue, sizeof(*backup), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!backup)
return -ENOMEM;
for_each_set_bit(bit, queue_mask, MAX_NUM_QUEUE) {
struct ethtool_coalesce coalesce;
ret = dev->ethtool_ops->get_per_queue_coalesce(dev, bit, tmp);
if (ret != 0)
goto roll_back;
tmp++;
if (copy_from_user(&coalesce, useraddr, sizeof(coalesce))) {
ret = -EFAULT;
goto roll_back;
}
ret = dev->ethtool_ops->set_per_queue_coalesce(dev, bit, &coalesce);
if (ret != 0)
goto roll_back;
useraddr += sizeof(coalesce);
}
roll_back:
if (ret != 0) {
tmp = backup;
for_each_set_bit(i, queue_mask, bit) {
dev->ethtool_ops->set_per_queue_coalesce(dev, i, tmp);
tmp++;
}
}
kfree(backup);
return ret;
}
net/ethtool: introduce a new ioctl for per queue setting Introduce a new ioctl ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE for per queue parameters setting. The following patches will enable some SUB_COMMANDs for per queue setting. Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-19 15:24:01 +01:00
static int ethtool_set_per_queue(struct net_device *dev, void __user *useraddr)
{
struct ethtool_per_queue_op per_queue_opt;
if (copy_from_user(&per_queue_opt, useraddr, sizeof(per_queue_opt)))
return -EFAULT;
switch (per_queue_opt.sub_command) {
net/ethtool: support get coalesce per queue This patch implements sub command ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE for ioctl ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE. It introduces an interface get_per_queue_coalesce to get coalesce of each masked queue from device driver. Then the interrupt coalescing parameters will be copied back to user space one by one. Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-19 15:24:02 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE:
return ethtool_get_per_queue_coalesce(dev, useraddr, &per_queue_opt);
net/ethtool: support set coalesce per queue This patch implements sub command ETHTOOL_SCOALESCE for ioctl ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE. It introduces an interface set_per_queue_coalesce to set coalesce of each masked queue to device driver. The wanted coalesce information are stored in "data" for each masked queue, which can copy from userspace. If it fails to set coalesce to device driver, the value which already set to specific queue will be tried to rollback. Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-19 15:24:03 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_SCOALESCE:
return ethtool_set_per_queue_coalesce(dev, useraddr, &per_queue_opt);
net/ethtool: introduce a new ioctl for per queue setting Introduce a new ioctl ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE for per queue parameters setting. The following patches will enable some SUB_COMMANDs for per queue setting. Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-19 15:24:01 +01:00
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
};
}
net/ethtool: Fix comment regarding location of dev_ethtool() call Signed-off-by: Yan Burman <yanb@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-06-03 04:03:34 +02:00
/* The main entry point in this file. Called from net/core/dev_ioctl.c */
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-17 20:56:21 +02:00
int dev_ethtool(struct net *net, struct ifreq *ifr)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
{
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-17 20:56:21 +02:00
struct net_device *dev = __dev_get_by_name(net, ifr->ifr_name);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
void __user *useraddr = ifr->ifr_data;
net/ethtool: introduce a new ioctl for per queue setting Introduce a new ioctl ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE for per queue parameters setting. The following patches will enable some SUB_COMMANDs for per queue setting. Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-19 15:24:01 +01:00
u32 ethcmd, sub_cmd;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
int rc;
net: vlan,ethtool: netdev_features_t is more than 32 bit Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-05-02 01:06:42 +02:00
netdev_features_t old_features;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
if (!dev || !netif_device_present(dev))
return -ENODEV;
net: fix ethtool coding style errors and warnings Fix coding style errors and warnings output while running checkpatch.pl on the files net/core/ethtool.c and include/linux/ethtool.h Signed-off-by: chavey <chavey@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 06:54:42 +02:00
if (copy_from_user(&ethcmd, useraddr, sizeof(ethcmd)))
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return -EFAULT;
net/ethtool: introduce a new ioctl for per queue setting Introduce a new ioctl ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE for per queue parameters setting. The following patches will enable some SUB_COMMANDs for per queue setting. Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-19 15:24:01 +01:00
if (ethcmd == ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE) {
if (copy_from_user(&sub_cmd, useraddr + sizeof(ethcmd), sizeof(sub_cmd)))
return -EFAULT;
} else {
sub_cmd = ethcmd;
}
[ETHTOOL]: let mortals use ethtool There is no reason to not allow non-admin users to query network statistics and settings. [ Removed PHYS_ID and GREGS based upon feedback from Auke Kok and Michael Chan -DaveM] Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-09-29 00:13:37 +02:00
/* Allow some commands to be done by anyone */
net/ethtool: introduce a new ioctl for per queue setting Introduce a new ioctl ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE for per queue parameters setting. The following patches will enable some SUB_COMMANDs for per queue setting. Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-19 15:24:01 +01:00
switch (sub_cmd) {
ethtool: allow non-netadmin to query settings The SNMP daemon uses ethtool to determine the speed of network interfaces. This fails on Debian (and probably elsewhere) because for security SNMP daemon runs as non-root user (snmp). Note: A similar patch was rejected previously because of a concern about the possibility that on some hardware querying the ethtool settings requires access to the PHY and could slow the machine down. But the security risk of requiring SNMP daemon (and related services) to run as root far out weighs the risk of denial-of-service. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-08-23 12:24:18 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GSET:
[ETHTOOL]: let mortals use ethtool There is no reason to not allow non-admin users to query network statistics and settings. [ Removed PHYS_ID and GREGS based upon feedback from Auke Kok and Michael Chan -DaveM] Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-09-29 00:13:37 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO:
case ETHTOOL_GMSGLVL:
ethtool: Make more commands available to unprivileged processes 'Get' commands should generally not require CAP_NET_ADMIN, with the exception of those that expose internal state. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-06-12 15:05:41 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GLINK:
[ETHTOOL]: let mortals use ethtool There is no reason to not allow non-admin users to query network statistics and settings. [ Removed PHYS_ID and GREGS based upon feedback from Auke Kok and Michael Chan -DaveM] Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-09-29 00:13:37 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE:
case ETHTOOL_GRINGPARAM:
case ETHTOOL_GPAUSEPARAM:
case ETHTOOL_GRXCSUM:
case ETHTOOL_GTXCSUM:
case ETHTOOL_GSG:
ethtool: allow ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO for users Allow ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO ethtool ioctl() for unprivileged users. ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS is already allowed, but is unusable without this one. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-22 01:20:40 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO:
[ETHTOOL]: let mortals use ethtool There is no reason to not allow non-admin users to query network statistics and settings. [ Removed PHYS_ID and GREGS based upon feedback from Auke Kok and Michael Chan -DaveM] Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-09-29 00:13:37 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS:
ethtool: Make more commands available to unprivileged processes 'Get' commands should generally not require CAP_NET_ADMIN, with the exception of those that expose internal state. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-06-12 15:05:41 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GSTATS:
ethtool: Add phy statistics Ethernet PHYs can maintain statistics, for example errors while idle and receive errors. Add an ethtool mechanism to retrieve these statistics, using the same model as MAC statistics. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-30 16:28:25 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GPHYSTATS:
[ETHTOOL]: let mortals use ethtool There is no reason to not allow non-admin users to query network statistics and settings. [ Removed PHYS_ID and GREGS based upon feedback from Auke Kok and Michael Chan -DaveM] Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-09-29 00:13:37 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GTSO:
case ETHTOOL_GPERMADDR:
case ETHTOOL_GUFO:
case ETHTOOL_GGSO:
ethtool: allow non-admin user to read GRO settings. Looks like an oversight in GRO design. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-11 14:48:29 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GGRO:
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce ->{get,set}_priv_flags, ETHTOOL_[GS]PFLAGS Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:32 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GFLAGS:
case ETHTOOL_GPFLAGS:
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GRXFH:
ethtool: Add RX pkt classification interface Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-20 09:58:13 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GRXRINGS:
case ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLCNT:
case ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRULE:
case ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL:
ethtool: Make more commands available to unprivileged processes 'Get' commands should generally not require CAP_NET_ADMIN, with the exception of those that expose internal state. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-06-12 15:05:41 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR:
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GRSSH:
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GFEATURES:
ethtool: Make more commands available to unprivileged processes 'Get' commands should generally not require CAP_NET_ADMIN, with the exception of those that expose internal state. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-06-12 15:05:41 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GCHANNELS:
ethtool: Introduce a method for getting time stamping capabilities. This commit adds a new ethtool ioctl that exposes the SO_TIMESTAMPING capabilities of a network interface. In addition, user space programs can use this ioctl to discover the PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) device associated with the interface. Since software receive time stamps are handled by the stack, the generic ethtool code can answer the query correctly in case the MAC or PHY drivers lack special time stamping features. Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-04 00:59:17 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GET_TS_INFO:
ethtool: Make more commands available to unprivileged processes 'Get' commands should generally not require CAP_NET_ADMIN, with the exception of those that expose internal state. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-06-12 15:05:41 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GEEE:
ethtool: Add generic options for tunables This patch adds new ethtool cmd, ETHTOOL_GTUNABLE & ETHTOOL_STUNABLE for getting tunable values from driver. Add get_tunable and set_tunable to ethtool_ops. Driver implements these functions for getting/setting tunable value. Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-02 23:47:20 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GTUNABLE:
[ETHTOOL]: let mortals use ethtool There is no reason to not allow non-admin users to query network statistics and settings. [ Removed PHYS_ID and GREGS based upon feedback from Auke Kok and Michael Chan -DaveM] Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-09-29 00:13:37 +02:00
break;
default:
net: Allow userns root control of the core of the network stack. Allow an unpriviled user who has created a user namespace, and then created a network namespace to effectively use the new network namespace, by reducing capable(CAP_NET_ADMIN) and capable(CAP_NET_RAW) calls to be ns_capable(net->user_ns, CAP_NET_ADMIN), or capable(net->user_ns, CAP_NET_RAW) calls. Settings that merely control a single network device are allowed. Either the network device is a logical network device where restrictions make no difference or the network device is hardware NIC that has been explicity moved from the initial network namespace. In general policy and network stack state changes are allowed while resource control is left unchanged. Allow ethtool ioctls. Allow binding to network devices. Allow setting the socket mark. Allow setting the socket priority. Allow setting the network device alias via sysfs. Allow setting the mtu via sysfs. Allow changing the network device flags via sysfs. Allow setting the network device group via sysfs. Allow the following network device ioctls. SIOCGMIIPHY SIOCGMIIREG SIOCSIFNAME SIOCSIFFLAGS SIOCSIFMETRIC SIOCSIFMTU SIOCSIFHWADDR SIOCSIFSLAVE SIOCADDMULTI SIOCDELMULTI SIOCSIFHWBROADCAST SIOCSMIIREG SIOCBONDENSLAVE SIOCBONDRELEASE SIOCBONDSETHWADDR SIOCBONDCHANGEACTIVE SIOCBRADDIF SIOCBRDELIF SIOCSHWTSTAMP Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-11-16 04:03:04 +01:00
if (!ns_capable(net->user_ns, CAP_NET_ADMIN))
[ETHTOOL]: let mortals use ethtool There is no reason to not allow non-admin users to query network statistics and settings. [ Removed PHYS_ID and GREGS based upon feedback from Auke Kok and Michael Chan -DaveM] Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-09-29 00:13:37 +02:00
return -EPERM;
}
net: fix ethtool coding style errors and warnings Fix coding style errors and warnings output while running checkpatch.pl on the files net/core/ethtool.c and include/linux/ethtool.h Signed-off-by: chavey <chavey@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 06:54:42 +02:00
if (dev->ethtool_ops->begin) {
rc = dev->ethtool_ops->begin(dev);
if (rc < 0)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return rc;
net: fix ethtool coding style errors and warnings Fix coding style errors and warnings output while running checkpatch.pl on the files net/core/ethtool.c and include/linux/ethtool.h Signed-off-by: chavey <chavey@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 06:54:42 +02:00
}
[BRIDGE]: features change notification Resend of earlier patch (no changes) from Catalin used to provide device feature change notification. Signed-off-by: Catalin BOIE <catab at umbrella.ro> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-05-29 23:13:47 +02:00
old_features = dev->features;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
switch (ethcmd) {
case ETHTOOL_GSET:
rc = ethtool_get_settings(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_SSET:
rc = ethtool_set_settings(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO:
rc = ethtool_get_drvinfo(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GREGS:
rc = ethtool_get_regs(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GWOL:
rc = ethtool_get_wol(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_SWOL:
rc = ethtool_set_wol(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GMSGLVL:
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
rc = ethtool_get_value(dev, useraddr, ethcmd,
dev->ethtool_ops->get_msglevel);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
break;
case ETHTOOL_SMSGLVL:
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
rc = ethtool_set_value_void(dev, useraddr,
dev->ethtool_ops->set_msglevel);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
break;
Added kernel support in EEE Ethtool commands This patch extends the kernel's ethtool interface by adding support for 2 new EEE commands - get_eee and set_eee. Thanks goes to Giuseppe Cavallaro for his original patch adding this support. Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-06-06 19:13:06 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GEEE:
rc = ethtool_get_eee(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_SEEE:
rc = ethtool_set_eee(dev, useraddr);
break;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_NWAY_RST:
rc = ethtool_nway_reset(dev);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GLINK:
ethtool: Report link-down while interface is down While an interface is down, many implementations of ethtool_ops::get_link, including the default, ethtool_op_get_link(), will report the last link state seen while the interface was up. In general the current physical link state is not available if the interface is down. Define ETHTOOL_GLINK to reflect whether the interface *and* any physical port have a working link, and consistently return 0 when the interface is down. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-12-09 13:08:35 +01:00
rc = ethtool_get_link(dev, useraddr);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
break;
case ETHTOOL_GEEPROM:
rc = ethtool_get_eeprom(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_SEEPROM:
rc = ethtool_set_eeprom(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE:
rc = ethtool_get_coalesce(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_SCOALESCE:
rc = ethtool_set_coalesce(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GRINGPARAM:
rc = ethtool_get_ringparam(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_SRINGPARAM:
rc = ethtool_set_ringparam(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GPAUSEPARAM:
rc = ethtool_get_pauseparam(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_SPAUSEPARAM:
rc = ethtool_set_pauseparam(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_TEST:
rc = ethtool_self_test(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS:
rc = ethtool_get_strings(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID:
rc = ethtool_phys_id(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GSTATS:
rc = ethtool_get_stats(dev, useraddr);
break;
[NET]: Add support for getting the permanent hardware address. This patch adds a new field to net device to hold the permanent hardware address, and adds a new generic ethtool_op function to get that address. Signed-off-by: Jon Wetzel <jon_wetzel@dell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-08-21 02:15:54 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GPERMADDR:
rc = ethtool_get_perm_addr(dev, useraddr);
break;
[ETHTOOL]: Add ETHTOOL_[GS]FLAGS sub-ioctls Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:00:51 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GFLAGS:
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
rc = ethtool_get_value(dev, useraddr, ethcmd,
net: remove legacy ethtool ops As all drivers are converted, we may now remove discrete offload setting callback handling. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-15 16:29:55 +01:00
__ethtool_get_flags);
[ETHTOOL]: Add ETHTOOL_[GS]FLAGS sub-ioctls Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:00:51 +02:00
break;
case ETHTOOL_SFLAGS:
net: use ndo_fix_features for ethtool_ops->set_flags Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:18 +01:00
rc = ethtool_set_value(dev, useraddr, __ethtool_set_flags);
[ETHTOOL]: Add ETHTOOL_[GS]FLAGS sub-ioctls Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:00:51 +02:00
break;
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce ->{get,set}_priv_flags, ETHTOOL_[GS]PFLAGS Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:32 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GPFLAGS:
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
rc = ethtool_get_value(dev, useraddr, ethcmd,
dev->ethtool_ops->get_priv_flags);
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce ->{get,set}_priv_flags, ETHTOOL_[GS]PFLAGS Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:32 +02:00
break;
case ETHTOOL_SPFLAGS:
[ETHTOOL]: Internal cleanup of ethtool_value-related handlers Several get/set functions can be handled by a passing the ethtool_op function pointer directly to a generic function. This permits deletion of a fair bit of redundant code. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:56 +02:00
rc = ethtool_set_value(dev, useraddr,
dev->ethtool_ops->set_priv_flags);
[ETHTOOL]: Introduce ->{get,set}_priv_flags, ETHTOOL_[GS]PFLAGS Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-16 01:01:32 +02:00
break;
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GRXFH:
ethtool: Add RX pkt classification interface Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-20 09:58:13 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GRXRINGS:
case ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLCNT:
case ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRULE:
case ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL:
ethtool: Fix potential user buffer overflow for ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFH struct ethtool_rxnfc was originally defined in 2.6.27 for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH command with only the cmd, flow_type and data fields. It was then extended in 2.6.30 to support various additional commands. These commands should have been defined to use a new structure, but it is too late to change that now. Since user-space may still be using the old structure definition for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH commands, and since they do not need the additional fields, only copy the originally defined fields to and from user-space. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-28 10:45:58 +02:00
rc = ethtool_get_rxnfc(dev, ethcmd, useraddr);
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
break;
case ETHTOOL_SRXFH:
ethtool: Add RX pkt classification interface Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-20 09:58:13 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLDEL:
case ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLINS:
ethtool: Fix potential user buffer overflow for ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFH struct ethtool_rxnfc was originally defined in 2.6.27 for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH command with only the cmd, flow_type and data fields. It was then extended in 2.6.30 to support various additional commands. These commands should have been defined to use a new structure, but it is too late to change that now. Since user-space may still be using the old structure definition for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH commands, and since they do not need the additional fields, only copy the originally defined fields to and from user-space. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-28 10:45:58 +02:00
rc = ethtool_set_rxnfc(dev, ethcmd, useraddr);
netdev: Add support for rx flow hash configuration, using ethtool. Added new interfaces to ethtool to configure receive network flow distribution across multiple rx rings using hashing. Signed-off-by: Santwona Behera <santwona.behera@sun.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-07-02 12:47:41 +02:00
break;
net/ethtool: Add support for the ethtool feature to flash firmware image from a specified file. This patch adds support to flash a firmware image to a device using ethtool. The driver gets the filename of the firmware image and flashes the image using the request firmware path. The region "on the chip" to be flashed can be specified by an option. It is upto the device driver to enumerate the region number passed by ethtool, to the region to be flashed. The default behavior is to flash all the regions on the chip. Signed-off-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajitk@serverengines.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-09-02 19:02:55 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_FLASHDEV:
rc = ethtool_flash_device(dev, useraddr);
break;
ethtool: Add reset operation After updating firmware stored in flash, users may wish to reset the relevant hardware and start the new firmware immediately. This should not be completely automatic as it may be disruptive. A selective reset may also be useful for debugging or diagnostics. This adds a separate reset operation which takes flags indicating the components to be reset. Drivers are allowed to reset only a subset of those requested, and must indicate the actual subset. This allows the use of generic component masks and some future expansion. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-05 12:59:58 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_RESET:
rc = ethtool_reset(dev, useraddr);
break;
ethtool: Add direct access to ops->get_sset_count This patch is an alternative approach for accessing string counts, vs. the drvinfo indirect approach. This way the drvinfo space doesn't run out, and we don't break ABI later. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-03 23:51:50 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO:
rc = ethtool_get_sset_info(dev, useraddr);
break;
ethtool: Add support for control of RX flow hash indirection Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 07:05:23 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR:
rc = ethtool_get_rxfh_indir(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR:
rc = ethtool_set_rxfh_indir(dev, useraddr);
break;
ethtool: Support for configurable RSS hash key This ethtool patch primarily copies the ioctl command data structures from/to the User space and invokes the driver hook. Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-04-21 12:07:59 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GRSSH:
rc = ethtool_get_rxfh(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_SRSSH:
rc = ethtool_set_rxfh(dev, useraddr);
break;
net: Introduce new feature setting ops This introduces a new framework to handle device features setting. It consists of: - new fields in struct net_device: + hw_features - features that hw/driver supports toggling + wanted_features - features that user wants enabled, when possible - new netdev_ops: + feat = ndo_fix_features(dev, feat) - API checking constraints for enabling features or their combinations + ndo_set_features(dev) - API updating hardware state to match changed dev->features - new ethtool commands: + ETHTOOL_GFEATURES/ETHTOOL_SFEATURES: get/set dev->wanted_features and trigger device reconfiguration if resulting dev->features changed + ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS(ETH_SS_FEATURES): get feature bits names (meaning) Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GFEATURES:
rc = ethtool_get_features(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_SFEATURES:
rc = ethtool_set_features(dev, useraddr);
break;
ethtool: factorize get/set_one_feature This allows to enable GRO even if RX csum is disabled. GRO will not be used for packets without hardware checksum anyway. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GTXCSUM:
net: introduce NETIF_F_RXCSUM Introduce NETIF_F_RXCSUM to replace device-private flags for RX checksum offload. Integrate it with ndo_fix_features. ethtool_op_get_rx_csum() is removed altogether as nothing in-tree uses it. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:18 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GRXCSUM:
ethtool: factorize get/set_one_feature This allows to enable GRO even if RX csum is disabled. GRO will not be used for packets without hardware checksum anyway. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GSG:
case ETHTOOL_GTSO:
case ETHTOOL_GUFO:
case ETHTOOL_GGSO:
case ETHTOOL_GGRO:
rc = ethtool_get_one_feature(dev, useraddr, ethcmd);
break;
case ETHTOOL_STXCSUM:
net: introduce NETIF_F_RXCSUM Introduce NETIF_F_RXCSUM to replace device-private flags for RX checksum offload. Integrate it with ndo_fix_features. ethtool_op_get_rx_csum() is removed altogether as nothing in-tree uses it. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:18 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_SRXCSUM:
ethtool: factorize get/set_one_feature This allows to enable GRO even if RX csum is disabled. GRO will not be used for packets without hardware checksum anyway. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-15 17:59:17 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_SSG:
case ETHTOOL_STSO:
case ETHTOOL_SUFO:
case ETHTOOL_SGSO:
case ETHTOOL_SGRO:
rc = ethtool_set_one_feature(dev, useraddr, ethcmd);
break;
net: ethtool support to configure number of channels Ethtool support to configure RX, TX and other channels. combined field in struct ethtool_channels to reflect set of channel (RX, TX or other). Other channel can be link interrupts, SR-IOV coordination etc. ETHTOOL_GCHANNELS will report max and current number of RX channels, max and current number of TX channels, max and current number of other channel or max and current number of combined channel. Number of channel can be modify upto max number of channel through ETHTOOL_SCHANNELS command. Ben Hutchings: o define 'combined' and 'other' types. Most multiqueue drivers pair up RX and TX queues so that most channels combine RX and TX work. o Please could you use a kernel-doc comment to describe the structure. Signed-off-by: Amit Kumar Salecha <amit.salecha@qlogic.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-07 03:58:42 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GCHANNELS:
rc = ethtool_get_channels(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_SCHANNELS:
rc = ethtool_set_channels(dev, useraddr);
break;
ethtool: Added support for FW dump Added code to take FW dump via ethtool. Dump level can be controlled via setting the dump flag. A get function is provided to query the current setting of the dump flag. Dump data is obtained from the driver via a separate get function. Changes from v3: Fixed buffer length issue in ethtool_get_dump_data function. Updated kernel doc for ethtool_dump struct and get_dump_flag function. Changes from v2: Provided separate commands for get flag and data. Check for minimum of the two buffer length obtained via ethtool and driver and use that for dump buffer Pass up the driver return error codes up to the caller. Added kernel doc comments. Signed-off-by: Anirban Chakraborty <anirban.chakraborty@qlogic.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-12 14:48:32 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_SET_DUMP:
rc = ethtool_set_dump(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_FLAG:
rc = ethtool_get_dump_flag(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_DATA:
rc = ethtool_get_dump_data(dev, useraddr);
break;
ethtool: Introduce a method for getting time stamping capabilities. This commit adds a new ethtool ioctl that exposes the SO_TIMESTAMPING capabilities of a network interface. In addition, user space programs can use this ioctl to discover the PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) device associated with the interface. Since software receive time stamps are handled by the stack, the generic ethtool code can answer the query correctly in case the MAC or PHY drivers lack special time stamping features. Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-04 00:59:17 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GET_TS_INFO:
rc = ethtool_get_ts_info(dev, useraddr);
break;
ethtool: Extend the ethtool API to obtain plugin module eeprom data ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO returns a new struct ethtool_modinfo that will return the type and size of plug-in module eeprom (such as SFP+) for parsing by userland program. ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM returns the raw eeprom information using the existing ethtool_eeprom structture to return the data Signed-off-by: Stuart Hodgson <smhodgson@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
2012-04-19 10:44:42 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO:
rc = ethtool_get_module_info(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM:
rc = ethtool_get_module_eeprom(dev, useraddr);
break;
ethtool: Add generic options for tunables This patch adds new ethtool cmd, ETHTOOL_GTUNABLE & ETHTOOL_STUNABLE for getting tunable values from driver. Add get_tunable and set_tunable to ethtool_ops. Driver implements these functions for getting/setting tunable value. Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-02 23:47:20 +02:00
case ETHTOOL_GTUNABLE:
rc = ethtool_get_tunable(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_STUNABLE:
rc = ethtool_set_tunable(dev, useraddr);
break;
ethtool: Add phy statistics Ethernet PHYs can maintain statistics, for example errors while idle and receive errors. Add an ethtool mechanism to retrieve these statistics, using the same model as MAC statistics. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-30 16:28:25 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GPHYSTATS:
rc = ethtool_get_phy_stats(dev, useraddr);
break;
net/ethtool: introduce a new ioctl for per queue setting Introduce a new ioctl ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE for per queue parameters setting. The following patches will enable some SUB_COMMANDs for per queue setting. Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-19 15:24:01 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE:
rc = ethtool_set_per_queue(dev, useraddr);
break;
net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API, handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks. This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length), and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides the following backward compatibility properties: - legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks. - legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if driver sets higher bits. - future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future" ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields. - future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks. By "future" ethtool, what is meant is: - query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if fails - set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or ETHTOOL_GSET was successful + if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SSET). + otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS). The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is 0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS). Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap. The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first "link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed. Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 19:57:59 +01:00
case ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS:
rc = ethtool_get_link_ksettings(dev, useraddr);
break;
case ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS:
rc = ethtool_set_link_ksettings(dev, useraddr);
break;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
default:
[NET]: ethtool ops are the only way During the transition to the ethtool_ops way of doing things, we supported calling the device's ->do_ioctl method to allow unconverted drivers to continue working. Those days are long behind us, all in-tree drivers use the ethtool_ops way, and so we no longer need to support this. The bonding driver is the biggest beneficiary of this; it no longer needs to call ioctl() as a fallback if ethtool_ops aren't supported. Also put a proper copyright statement on ethtool.c. Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-31 23:00:02 +02:00
rc = -EOPNOTSUPP;
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
}
[NET] CORE: Fix whitespace errors. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-02-09 15:24:36 +01:00
[NET] core: whitespace cleanup Fix whitespace around keywords. Fix indentation especially of switch statements. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-04-11 05:10:33 +02:00
if (dev->ethtool_ops->complete)
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
dev->ethtool_ops->complete(dev);
[BRIDGE]: features change notification Resend of earlier patch (no changes) from Catalin used to provide device feature change notification. Signed-off-by: Catalin BOIE <catab at umbrella.ro> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-05-29 23:13:47 +02:00
if (old_features != dev->features)
netdev_features_change(dev);
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-17 00:20:36 +02:00
return rc;
}
Reference in a new issue Copy permalink